Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.1
a hundred thousand one hundred million world systems
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi khams bye ba phrag ’bum
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་བྱེ་བ་ཕྲག་འབུམ།
Sanskrit: koṭi­śata­sahasra­loka­dhātu
g.2
abandonment element
Wylie: spong ba’i dbyings
Tibetan: སྤོང་བའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: prahāṇa­dhātu
g.3
abdhātvaparyanta
Wylie: chu’i khams mu med pa
Tibetan: ཆུའི་ཁམས་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abdhātvaparyanta
Lit. “limitless water element.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.4
Ābhāsvara
Wylie: ’od gsal
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit: ābhāsvara
The head of the Ābhāsvara gods.
g.5
Ābhāsvara
Wylie: ’od gsal
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit: ābhāsvara
Lit. “Clear Light.” The sixth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the third of the three heavens that correspond to the second of the four concentrations.
g.6
abhijñā­bala­vaiśāradya­prāpta
Wylie: mngon par shes pa dang / stobs dang / mi ’jigs pa thob pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་དང་། སྟོབས་དང་། མི་འཇིགས་པ་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: abhijñā­bala­vaiśāradya­prāpta
Lit. “from which the clairvoyances, powers, and fearlessnesses are gained.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.7
Abhimukhī
Wylie: mngon du gyur pa
Tibetan: མངོན་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: abhimukhī
Lit. “Directly Witnessed.” The sixth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.8
Abhirati
Wylie: mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: abhirati
Lit. “Intense Delight.” The realm of the buddha Akṣobhya.
g.9
abiding in the correct practice of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi spyod pa la gnas pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྤྱོད་པ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpracāro bhavati RS
g.10
absence of an existing thing
Wylie: dngos po med pa
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhāva
g.11
absence of an intrinsic nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid med pa
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niḥsva­bhāvatā
g.12
absence of annihilation
Wylie: chad pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anuccheda
g.13
absence of appearing
Wylie: ’byung ba med pa
Tibetan: འབྱུང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apradūrbhāva
g.14
absence of being apprehended
Wylie: dmigs su med pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anupalambha
g.15
absence of being taken away from and the absence of being added to
Wylie: dbri ba med pa dang bsnan pa med pa
Tibetan: དབྲི་བ་མེད་པ་དང་བསྣན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anuddhārāpratyuddhāra
g.16
absence of coming
Wylie: ’ong ba med pa
Tibetan: འོང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anāgamana
g.17
absence of defilement
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa med pa, kun nas nyon mongs pa ma mchis pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པ།, ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkleśa
g.18
absence of difference
Wylie: don tha dad pa ma yin pa
Tibetan: དོན་ཐ་དད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anānārtha
g.19
absence of going
Wylie: ’gro ba med pa
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: agamana
g.20
absence of going on and on forever
Wylie: rtag pa med pa
Tibetan: རྟག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aśāśvata
g.21
absence of occasioning anything
Wylie: mngon par ’du byed pa med pa, mngon par ’du bya ba med pa, mngon par ’du bgyi ba ma mchis pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ་མེད་པ།, མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།, མངོན་པར་འདུ་བགྱི་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhisaṃskāra
g.22
absence of production
Wylie: skye ba med pa, skye ba ma mchis pa
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ།, སྐྱེ་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpāda
g.23
absence of purification
Wylie: rnam par byang ba med pa, rnam par byang ba ma mchis pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་མེད་པ།, རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: avyavadāna
g.24
absence of stopping
Wylie: ’gag pa med pa
Tibetan: འགག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anirodha
g.25
absence of unity
Wylie: don gcig pa ma yin pa
Tibetan: དོན་གཅིག་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anekārtha
g.26
absolutely with certainty
Wylie: gcig tu nges par gtan du
Tibetan: གཅིག་ཏུ་ངེས་པར་གཏན་དུ།
Sanskrit: ekāntātyantikī
g.27
absorption
Wylie: snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāpatti
The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”
g.28
absorptions
Wylie: snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāpatti
May refer to the “four formless absorptions” and/or the “nine serial absorptions.”
g.29
acala
Wylie: g.yo ba med pa
Tibetan: གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: acala
Lit. “Unmoving.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.30
Acalā
Wylie: mi g.yo ba
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: acalā
Lit. “Immovable.” The eighth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.31
accompanied
Wylie: mtshungs par ldan
Tibetan: མཚུངས་པར་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: saṃprayukta
g.32
accomplish and dwell in
Wylie: bsgrubs te gnas
Tibetan: བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས།
Sanskrit: upasampadya vihṛ
g.33
accomplishing the letters
Wylie: yi ge sgrub pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣarābhinirhāra
g.34
account
Wylie: de lta bu byung ba
Tibetan: དེ་ལྟ་བུ་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: itivṛttaka
Accounts of the lives of past buddhas and bodhisattvas. Literally “thus it has happened.” One of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma.
g.35
act of worship
Wylie: mchod pa
Tibetan: མཆོད་པ།
Sanskrit: pūjā
g.36
actualize the very limit of reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i mtha’ mngon sum du byed
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: bhūtakoṭīṃ sākṣātkṛ
g.37
acyutābhijñā
Wylie: mngon par shes pa mi nyams pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་མི་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit: acyutābhijñā
Lit. “undying clairvoyant knowledge.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.38
ādarśa­maṇḍala­pratibhāsa­nirhāra
Wylie: me long gi dkyil ’khor snang ba sgrub pa
Tibetan: མེ་ལོང་གི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྣང་བ་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: ādarśa­maṇḍala­pratibhāsa­nirhāra
Lit. “that produces appearances [as if] on the surface of a mirror.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.39
ādhāramudrā
Wylie: phyag rgya yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་རྒྱ་ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: ādhāramudrā
Lit. “fully held seal.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.40
adhivacana­praveśa
Wylie: tshig bla dags la ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་བླ་དགས་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: adhivacana­praveśa
Lit. “entry into words.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.41
adhivacana­saṃpraveśa
Wylie: tshig bla dags la yang dag par ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་བླ་དགས་ལ་ཡང་དག་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: adhivacana­saṃpraveśa
Lit. “entry into words.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.42
admiration
Wylie: mos pa
Tibetan: མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: adhimukti
g.43
afflicted
Wylie: nyon mongs pa dang bcas pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃkleśa
g.44
affliction
Wylie: nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: kleśa
The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote. Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators. Also rendered here as afflictive emotion.
g.45
afflictive emotion
Wylie: nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: kleśa
See “affliction.”
g.46
aggregate
Wylie: phung po
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: skandha
Lit. a “heap” or “pile.” The five aggregates of form , feeling, perception, volitional factors, and consciousness. On the individual level the five aggregates refer to the basis upon which the mistaken idea of a self is projected.However, in this text, five pure or uncontaminated aggregates are also listed, namely: the aggregate of morality, the aggregate of meditative stabilization, the aggregate of wisdom, the aggregate of liberation, and the aggregate of knowledge and seeing of liberation.
g.47
aggregate of knowledge and seeing of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimukti­jñāna­darśana­skandha
One of the five uncontaminated aggregates.
g.48
aggregate of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimukti­skandha
One of the five uncontaminated aggregates.
g.49
aggregate of meditative stabilization
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi phung po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhi­skandha
One of the five uncontaminated aggregates.
g.50
aggregate of morality
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śīla­skandha
One of the five uncontaminated aggregates.
g.51
aggregate of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajñā­skandha
One of the five uncontaminated aggregates.
g.52
ajeya
Wylie: mi pham pa
Tibetan: མི་ཕམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ajeya
Lit. “unconquerable.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.53
Akaniṣṭha
Wylie: ’og min
Tibetan: འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit: akaniṣṭha
Lit. “Not Below.” The highest of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the fifth of the five Pure Abodes.
g.54
ākārābhinirhāra
Wylie: rnam pa mngon par sgrub pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་མངོན་པར་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: ākārābhinirhāra
Lit. “accomplishing aspects.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.55
ākārānavakāra
Wylie: rnam pa dor ba med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་དོར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākārānavakāra
Lit. “not forsaking any aspect.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.56
ākāśa­dhātvaparyanta
Wylie: nam mkha’i khams mu med pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཁམས་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśa­dhātvaparyanta
Lit. “limitless space element.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.57
ākāśāsaṃga­vimukti­nirupalepa
Wylie: nam mkha’ ltar chags pa med pas rnam par grol zhing gos pa med pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་ཆགས་པ་མེད་པས་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་ཞིང་གོས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśāsaṃga­vimukti­nirupalepa
Lit. “unattached, liberated, and uncovered like space.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.58
ākāśaspharaṇa
Wylie: nam mkha’ khyab par byed pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ཁྱབ་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśaspharaṇa
Lit. “pervading space.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.59
ākāśāvasthita
Wylie: nam mkha’i gnas la gnas pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་གནས་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśāvasthita
Lit. “abiding in space.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.60
akṣarāpagata
Wylie: yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: akṣarāpagata, akṣarāgata
Lit. “without syllables.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.61
akṣaya
Wylie: zad mi shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣaya
Lit. “inexhaustible.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.62
akṣayakaraṇḍa
Wylie: zad mi shes pa’i za ma tog
Tibetan: ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པའི་ཟ་མ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: akṣayakaraṇḍa
Lit. “inexhaustible basket.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.63
Akṣobhya
Wylie: mi ’khrugs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣobhya
Lit. “Not Disturbed” or “Immovable One.” The buddha in the eastern realm of Abhirati. A well-known buddha in Mahāyāna, regarded in the higher tantras as the head of one of the five buddha families, the vajra family in the east.
g.64
all-knowing
Wylie: thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvajña
g.65
all-knowledge
Wylie: thams cad mkhyen pa nyid, thams cad shes pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད།, ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvajñatva
See “three types of omniscience.”
g.66
alms-food eater
Wylie: bsod snyoms pa
Tibetan: བསོད་སྙོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: paiṇḍapātika
g.67
ālokakara
Wylie: snang ba byed pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ālokakara
Lit. “light maker.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.68
ambition
Wylie: bsam pa
Tibetan: བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit: abhiprāya
g.69
Amoghadarśin
Wylie: mthong ba don yod
Tibetan: མཐོང་བ་དོན་ཡོད།
Sanskrit: amoghadarśin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.70
anabhilakṣita
Wylie: mngon par ma dmigs pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་མ་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhilakṣita
Lit. “not distinguished.” Name of a meditative stabilization
g.71
Anabhrakā
Wylie: sprin med
Tibetan: སྤྲིན་མེད།
Sanskrit: anabhrakā
Lit. “Cloudless.” The tenth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍‍, or Śuddhāvāsa, it is listed as the first of the three heavens that correspond to the fourth of the four concentrations.
g.72
Ānanda
Wylie: kun dga’ bo
Tibetan: ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: ānanda
A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.
g.73
Anantamati
Wylie: blo gros mtha’ yas
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantamati
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.74
anantaprabha
Wylie: ’od mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: འོད་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: anantaprabha
Lit. “endless light.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.75
ananta­pratibhāna
Wylie: spobs pa mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: ananta­pratibhāna
Lit. “endless confidence.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.76
Anantavīrya
Wylie: brtson ’grus mtha’ yas
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantavīrya
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.77
Anāvaraṇamatin
Wylie: blo gros sgrib med
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་སྒྲིབ་མེད།
Sanskrit: anāvaraṇamatin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.78
anāvaraṇa­vimokṣa­prāpta
Wylie: sgrib pa med pa’i rnam par thar pa thob pa
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ་མེད་པའི་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: anāvaraṇa­vimokṣa­prāpta
Lit. “reached a freedom without obscuration.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.79
Anavatapta
Wylie: ma dros pa
Tibetan: མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit: anavatapta
See also n.­872.
g.80
anāvilakṣānti
Wylie: bzod pa rnyog pa med pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ་རྙོག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anāvilakṣānti
Lit. “unblemished patience.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.81
aneṣa
Wylie: tshol ba med pa
Tibetan: ཚོལ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aneṣa, animiṣa
Lit. “not seeking.” Name of a meditative stabilization.Edgerton says the correct form is aneṣa. Animiṣa usually means “unblinking,” but here it is a different form of aneṣa.
g.82
anger
Wylie: khro ba
Tibetan: ཁྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: krodha
g.83
aniketacārī
Wylie: gnas med par spyod pa
Tibetan: གནས་མེད་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniketacārī
Lit. “homeless practice.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.84
aniketasthita
Wylie: gnas la rten pa med pa, gnas la brten pa med pa
Tibetan: གནས་ལ་རྟེན་པ་མེད་པ།, གནས་ལ་བརྟེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniketasthita
Lit. “not relying on a dwelling.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.85
Anikṣiptadhura
Wylie: brtson pa mi gtong
Tibetan: བརྩོན་པ་མི་གཏོང་།
Sanskrit: anikṣiptadhura
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.86
anilambha­niketa­nirata
Wylie: gnas la brten pa med pa la brtson pa
Tibetan: གནས་ལ་བརྟེན་པ་མེད་པ་ལ་བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: anilambha­niketa­nirata
Lit. “intent on not relying on a dwelling.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.87
āniñjya
Wylie: mi g.yo ba
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: āniñjya
Lit. “immovable.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.88
Aniruddha
Wylie: ma ’gags pa
Tibetan: མ་འགགས་པ།
Sanskrit: aniruddha
Lit. “Unobstructed.” One of the ten great śrāvaka disciples, famed for his meditative prowess and superknowledges. He was the Buddha's cousin‍—a son of Amṛtodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana‍—and is often mentioned along with his two brothers Bhadrika and Mahānāma. Some sources also include Ānanda among his brothers.
g.89
annihilation
Wylie: chad pa
Tibetan: ཆད་པ།
Sanskrit: uccheda
The extreme philosophical view that rejects rebirth and the law of karma by considering that causes (and thus actions) do not have effects and that the self, being the same as one or all of the aggregates (skandhas), ends at death. Commonly translated as “nihilism” or, more literally, as “view of annihilation.” It is often mentioned along with its opposite view, the extreme of eternalism or permanence.
g.90
antithetical to all worlds
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad dang mi ’thun pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་མི་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­loka­vipratyanīka
Also translated as “counterpoint to all that is ordinary.”
g.91
Anupamamatin
Wylie: blo gros dpe med
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་དཔེ་མེད།
Sanskrit: anupamamatin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.92
anurodhāprati­rodha
Wylie: ’thun pa dang ’gal ba med pa, mthun pa dang ’gal ba med pa
Tibetan: འཐུན་པ་དང་འགལ་བ་མེད་པ།, མཐུན་པ་དང་འགལ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anurodhāprati­rodha
Lit. “not contrary to being in harmony.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.93
apparition
Wylie: mig yor
Tibetan: མིག་ཡོར།
Sanskrit: pratibhāsa
g.94
application of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛtyupasthāna
See “four applications of mindfulness.”
g.95
applied mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: upasthitasmṛti
g.96
applied thought
Wylie: rtog pa
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vitarka
g.97
apprehend
Wylie: dmigs
Tibetan: དམིགས།
dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.
g.98
appropriated because of the maturation of karma
Wylie: las kyi rnam par smin pas yongs su zin pa
Tibetan: ལས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པས་ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit: karma­vipāka­parigṛhīta
g.99
appropriation
Wylie: len pa
Tibetan: ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: upādāna
This term, although commonly translated as “appropriation,” also means “grasping” or “clinging,” but it has a particular meaning as the ninth of the twelve links of dependent origination, situated between craving (tṛṣṇā, sred pa) and becoming or existence (bhava, srid pa). In some texts, four types of appropriation (upādāna) are listed: that of desire (rāga), view (dṛṣṭi), rules and observances as paramount (śīla­vrata­parāmarśa), and belief in a self (ātmavāda).
g.100
aprakāra
Wylie: rnam pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aprakāra
Lit. “aspectless.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.101
Apramāṇābha
Wylie: tshad med ’od
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit: apramāṇābha
Lit. “Immeasurable Light.” The fifth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the second of the three heavens that correspond to the second of the four concentrations.
g.102
Apramāṇaśubha
Wylie: tshad med dge
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit: apramāṇaśubha
Lit. “Immeasurable Virtue.” The eighth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the second of the three heavens that correspond to the third of the four concentrations.
g.103
arajovirajonaya­yukta
Wylie: rdul med cing rdul dang bral ba’i tshul dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྡུལ་མེད་ཅིང་རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ཚུལ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: arajovirajonaya­yukta
Lit. “endowed with a dustless mode free from dust.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.104
ārambanacchedaḥ
Wylie: dmigs pa gcod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ārambanacchedaḥ
Lit. “objective support cut off.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.105
araṇa­samavasaraṇa
Wylie: nyon mongs par med pa yang dag par ’du ba
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པར་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ།
Sanskrit: araṇa­samavasaraṇa
Lit. “in which nonconflict comes together.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.106
araṇa­saraṇa­sarva­samavasaraṇa
Wylie: sgra med pa dang sgra dang bcas pa thams cad yang dag par ’du ba
Tibetan: སྒྲ་མེད་པ་དང་སྒྲ་དང་བཅས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ།
Sanskrit: araṇa­saraṇa­sarva­samavasaraṇa
Lit. “in which all that is soundless and with sounds comes together”; alternatively, “in which all with affliction comes together in what is without affliction.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.107
Arciṣmatī
Wylie: ’od ’phro ba can
Tibetan: འོད་འཕྲོ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: arciṣmatī
Lit. “Radiant.” The fourth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.108
are not collected in body and mind
Wylie: lus dang sems kyi tshogs par mi byed
Tibetan: ལུས་དང་སེམས་ཀྱི་ཚོགས་པར་མི་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: na kāyena na cittena samagrīn dā RS
g.109
arhat
Wylie: dgra bcom pa
Tibetan: དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: arhat
See “worthy one.”
g.110
arisen from maturation
Wylie: rnam par smin pa las byung ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: vaipākika
g.111
arisen on account of error
Wylie: phyin ci log las skyes, phyin ci log gis kun nas bslad ba
Tibetan: ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་ལས་སྐྱེས།, ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་གིས་ཀུན་ནས་བསླད་བ།
Sanskrit: viparyāsa­samutthita
g.112
armor
Wylie: go cha
Tibetan: གོ་ཆ།
Sanskrit: saṃnāha
This is a protective clothing, made of closely interwoven strands, strapped around the body. In the Mahāyāna sūtras, it can be understood symbolically: the strands are the six perfections interlocking in a way that nothing can get through them. The strands bound together in the protective clothing may also be the net of interlocking beings occasioning a bodhisattva’s never-failing empathy.
g.113
arrangement
Wylie: rnam par dgod pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དགོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vyavasthāna
g.114
array
Wylie: bkod pa
Tibetan: བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vyūha
g.115
arrogance
Wylie: dregs pa
Tibetan: དྲེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: darpita
g.116
ārya
Wylie: ’phags pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ārya
The Sanskrit ārya has the general meaning of a noble person, one of a higher class or caste. In Buddhist literature, depending on the context, it often means specifically one who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason. In particular, it applies to stream enterers, once-returners, non-returners, and worthy ones (arhats) and is also used as an epithet of bodhisattvas. In the five-path system, it refers to someone who has achieved at least the path of seeing (darśanamārga).
g.117
as a conventional term in conventional usage
Wylie: kun rdzob kyi brdas tha snyad ’dogs pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཀྱི་བརྡས་ཐ་སྙད་འདོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛti­saṃketena vyavaharati
g.118
as a real thing
Wylie: dngos por
Tibetan: དངོས་པོར།
Sanskrit: bhāvataḥ
g.119
as anything at all in any way at all
Wylie: thams cad kyi thams cad rnam pa thams cad kyi thams cad du
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ།
Sanskrit: sarveṇa sarvaṃ sarvathā sarvaṃ
g.120
as it really is
Wylie: ji lta ba bzhin du, ji lta ba’i bdag nyid, bdag nyid ji lta ba
Tibetan: ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ།, ཇི་ལྟ་བའི་བདག་ཉིད།, བདག་ཉིད་ཇི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: yathābhūtam, yathātmyaṃ
The quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Akin to other terms rendered here as “suchness,” “the real,” and “natural state.”
g.121
as things are
Wylie: ji lta ba bzhin
Tibetan: ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: yathāvat
g.122
asamasama
Wylie: mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: asamasama
Lit. “equal to the unequaled.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.123
asaṃhārya
Wylie: mi ’phrogs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཕྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃhārya
Lit. “that you cannot steal.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.124
Asaṃjñin
Wylie: ’du shes med pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃjñin
Lit. “Perceptionless.” See “Asaṃjñisattva.”
g.125
Asaṃjñisattva
Wylie: sems can ’du shes med pa, ’du shes med pa’i sems can, ’du shes ma mchis pa’i sems can
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་པ།, འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་པའི་སེམས་ཅན།, འདུ་ཤེས་མ་མཆིས་པའི་སེམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: asaṃjñisattva
Lit. “Perceptionless Beings.” A heavenly realm listed in this text between the twelfth heaven of the form realm, Bṛhatphala, and the five Pure Abodes of the form realm, known collectively as Śuddhāvāsa.
g.126
asaṃkhyeya
Wylie: grangs med pa
Tibetan: གྲངས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkhyeya
Asaṃkhyeya and other specific, extremely large numbers that have separate values and are not actually synonymous with “infinite” are left untranslated in contexts where the difference between them is a salient factor. On the number asaṃkhyeya (“incalculable”), see also Abhidharmakośa 3.93.
g.127
asaṃkliṣṭa
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkliṣṭa
Lit. “without defilement.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.128
asaṃpramoṣa
Wylie: brjed pa med pa
Tibetan: བརྗེད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃpramoṣa, asaṃpramuṣito
Lit. “non-loss of mindfulness.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.129
āsanna­rūpa­rājas
Wylie: gzugs kyi rdul sel
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་རྡུལ་སེལ།
Sanskrit: āsanna­rūpa­rājas
Lit. “eliminating material dirt.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.130
Aśoka
Wylie: mya ngan med
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད།
Sanskrit: aśoka
Lit. “Without Sorrow.” Name of one of four gardens in the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.131
Aśokaśrī
Wylie: mya ngan med pa’i dpal
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: aśokaśrī
Lit. “Glorious without Sorrow.” A buddha in a world system called Sarva­śokāpagata, in the southern direction.
g.132
aspiration
Wylie: bsam pa, sems pa
Tibetan: བསམ་པ།, སེམས་པ།
Sanskrit: āśaya
g.133
Aṣṭamaka level
Wylie: brgyad pa’i sa
Tibetan: བརྒྱད་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: aṣṭamakabhūmi
A person who is “eight steps” away in the arc of their development from becoming an arhat (Tib. dgra bcom pa). Specifically, this term refers to one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream enterer (Skt. srotaāpanna; Tib. rgyun du zhugs pa), and it is the first and lowest stage in a list of eight stages or classes of a noble person (Skt. āryapudgala). The person at this lowest stage in the sequence is still on the path of seeing (Skt. darśanamārga; Tib. mthong lam) and then enters the path of cultivation (Skt. bhāvanāmārga; Tib. sgom lam) upon attaining the next stage, that of a stream enterer (stage seven). From there they progress through the remaining stages of the śrāvaka path, becoming in turn a once-returner (stages six and five), a non-returner (stages four and three), and an arhat (stages two and one). This same “eighth stage” also appears in a set of ten stages (Skt. daśabhūmi; Tib. sa bcu) found in Mahāyāna sources, where it is the third out of the ten. Not to be confused with the ten stages of the bodhisattva’s path, these ten stages mark the progress of one who sequentially follows the paths of a śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and then bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood. In this set of ten stages a person “on the eighth stage” is similarly one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream enterer.Lit. “Eighth level,” sometimes rendered “Eighth Lowest.” The third of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”
g.134
astambhita
Wylie: ma khengs pa
Tibetan: མ་ཁེངས་པ།
Sanskrit: astambhita
Lit. “when there is no pride.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.135
asura
Wylie: lha ma yin
Tibetan: ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: asura, dānava
A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).
g.136
āśvāsadātā
Wylie: dbugs ’byin pa sbyin pa
Tibetan: དབུགས་འབྱིན་པ་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: āśvāsadātā
Lit. “that gives relief.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.137
at will
Wylie: bsams bzhin du, bsam bzhin du
Tibetan: བསམས་བཞིན་དུ།, བསམ་བཞིན་དུ།
Sanskrit: saṃcintya
g.138
Atapa
Wylie: mi gdung
Tibetan: མི་གདུང་།
Sanskrit: atapa
Lit. “Those Who Do Not Cause Pain.” The fourteenth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, it is listed as the second of the five Pure Abodes, or Śuddhāvāsa.
g.139
attachment-free level
Wylie: rjes su ’chags pa’i sa ma yin pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་འཆགས་པའི་ས་མ་ཡིན་པ།
g.140
attribute
Wylie: rnam pa, chos
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ།, ཆོས།
Sanskrit: ākāra, dharma
g.141
auspicious major and minor signs
Wylie: mtshan dang dpe byad bzang po
Tibetan: མཚན་དང་དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇānuvyajana
See also “major marks” and “minor signs.”
g.142
auspicious sign
Wylie: bkra shis
Tibetan: བཀྲ་ཤིས།
Sanskrit: maṅgala
g.143
autonomous
Wylie: dbang ’byor ba
Tibetan: དབང་འབྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: abhujiṣya
g.144
available
Wylie: nye bar gnas pa
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratyupasthitā
g.145
Avakīrṇakusuma
Wylie: me tog gtor ba
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་གཏོར་བ།
Sanskrit: avakīrṇakusuma
Lit. “One Who Strewed Flowers.” Name that six thousand monks will bear when they become buddhas during the eon called Tārakopama, due to the aspiration to engage the perfection of wisdom they made while attending this teaching.
g.146
avalokita
Wylie: kun tu lta ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: avalokita
Lit. “sees all.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.147
Avalokiteśvara
Wylie: spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit: avalokiteśvara
One of the “eight close sons of the Buddha,” he is also known as the bodhisattva who embodies compassion. In certain tantras, he is also the lord of the three families, where he embodies the compassion of the buddhas. In Tibet, he attained great significance as a special protector of Tibet, and in China, in female form, as Guanyin, the most important bodhisattva in all of East Asia.A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.148
avikāra
Wylie: ’gyur ba med pa
Tibetan: འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avikāra
Lit. “unchangeable.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.149
Avivāhā
Wylie: mi ’bab
Tibetan: མི་འབབ།
Sanskrit: avivāhā
Lit. “Nondescending.” Name of four lotus ponds, each located in one of the four gardens of the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.150
avivartta
Wylie: ’gyur ba med pa
Tibetan: འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avivartta
Lit. “unchangeable.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.151
avivartya­cakṣus
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa’i mig
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་མིག
Sanskrit: avivartya­cakṣus
Lit. “from which you cannot avert your eyes.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.152
Avṛha
Wylie: mi che ba
Tibetan: མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: avṛha
Lit. “Slightest.” The thirteenth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, it is listed as the first of the five Pure Abodes, or Śuddhāvāsa. It is said to be the most common rebirth for the “non-returners” of the Śrāvaka Vehicle.
g.153
awakening path
Wylie: byang chub kyi lam
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: bodhimārga
g.154
bad for me
Wylie: bdag la gnod
Tibetan: བདག་ལ་གནོད།
Sanskrit: me ’narthaḥ
g.155
bad friend
Wylie: sdig pa’i grogs po
Tibetan: སྡིག་པའི་གྲོགས་པོ།
Sanskrit: pāpamitra
g.156
bad proclivity
Wylie: bag la nyal
Tibetan: བག་ལ་ཉལ།
Sanskrit: anuśaya
g.157
balanced thought
Wylie: mnyam pa’i sems
Tibetan: མཉམ་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: samacitta
g.158
balavīrya
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi stobs
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: balavīrya
Lit. “power of perseverance.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.159
balavyūha
Wylie: dpung bkod pa
Tibetan: དཔུང་བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit: balavyūha
Lit. “array of forces.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.160
bamboo-flute maker
Wylie: ’od ma mkhan
Tibetan: འོད་མ་མཁན།
Sanskrit: veṇukāra
g.161
bandhujīvaka flower
Wylie: rdzi ba’i me tog, dzi ba’i me tog
Tibetan: རྫི་བའི་མེ་ཏོག, ཛི་བའི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: bandhu­jīvaka­puṣpa
See also n.­734.
g.162
barbarian
Wylie: kla klo
Tibetan: ཀླ་ཀློ།
Sanskrit: mleccha
g.163
bases of meritorious action
Wylie: bsod nams bya ba’i dngos po, bsod nams bgyi ba’i dngos po
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་བྱ་བའི་དངོས་པོ།, བསོད་ནམས་བགྱི་བའི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: puṇya­kriyā­vastu
Lit. “merit work entity.” The meaning of this term is made clear in chapter 33, when the value of a bodhisattva practicing the perfection of wisdom is compared with other meritorious acts; cf. Mppś 2248, Mppś English p. 1858.
g.164
basic character
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: jātika
g.165
basic immorality
Wylie: kha na ma tho ba, kha na ma tho ba dang bcas pa
Tibetan: ཁ་ན་མ་ཐོ་བ།, ཁ་ན་མ་ཐོ་བ་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit: sāvadya
g.166
basic nature
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: prakṛti
See “intrinsic nature.”
g.167
basis for a causal sign
Wylie: mtshan ma’i gzhi
Tibetan: མཚན་མའི་གཞི།
Sanskrit: nimittapada
g.168
basis in reality
Wylie: gzhi’i don
Tibetan: གཞིའི་དོན།
Sanskrit: padārtha
g.169
basis of suffering
Wylie: gnas ngan len
Tibetan: གནས་ངན་ལེན།
Sanskrit: dauṣṭulya
Refers to the very existence of the body, voice, or mind. As long as they are there, there are all the problems of life.
g.170
bayur tree flower
Wylie: dong ka’i me tog
Tibetan: དོང་ཀའི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: karṇikārapuṣpa
g.171
beggar
Wylie: slong ba
Tibetan: སློང་བ།
Sanskrit: yācanaka
g.172
being moral
Wylie: tshul khrims dang ldan, tshul khrims can
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་དང་ལྡན།, ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: śīlavant
g.173
being used conventionally
Wylie: tha snyad du gdags pa, tha snyad gdags pa
Tibetan: ཐ་སྙད་དུ་གདགས་པ།, ཐ་སྙད་གདགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vyavahṛ
g.174
being very certain
Wylie: shin tu rnam par nges pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: suviniścita
g.175
being very firmly grounded
Wylie: shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhita
g.176
beings in hell
Wylie: sems can dmyal ba
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: naraka
One of the five or six classes of sentient beings. Birth in hell is considered to be the karmic fruition of past anger and harmful actions. According to Buddhist tradition there are eighteen different hells, namely eight hot hells and eight cold hells, as well as neighboring and ephemeral hells, all of them tormented by increasing levels of unimaginable suffering.
g.177
belief
Wylie: mos pa
Tibetan: མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: adhimukti, adhimucyanatā
g.178
beneficial actions
Wylie: don spyod pa
Tibetan: དོན་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: arthacaryā
g.179
bent on hurting
Wylie: tho ’tsham pa’i bsam pa
Tibetan: ཐོ་འཚམ་པའི་བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit: viheṭhanābhiprāya
g.180
beryl
Wylie: bai dUr+ya
Tibetan: བཻ་དཱུརྱ།
Sanskrit: vaiḍūrya
On vaiḍūrya, variously rendered as “beryl,” “lapis,” or “crystal,” see under entry “Crystal, rock” in the Encyclopaedia Iranica.
g.181
bestow
Wylie: sbyin par byed pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: dāyika
g.182
Bhadrā
Wylie: bzang po
Tibetan: བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhadrā
Lit. “Good.” Name of four lotus ponds, each located in one of the four gardens of the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.183
Bhadrapāla
Wylie: bzang skyong
Tibetan: བཟང་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit: bhadrapāla
Head of the “sixteen excellent men” (ṣoḍaśasatpuruṣa), a group of householder bodhisattvas present in the audience of many sūtras. He appears prominently in certain sūtras, such as The Samādhi of the Presence of the Buddhas (Pratyutpannabuddha­saṃmukhāvasthita­samādhisūtra, Toh 133) and is perhaps also the merchant of the same name who is the principal interlocutor in The Questions of Bhadrapāla the Merchant (Toh 83).Lit. “Guardian of Good.” A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.184
Bhadrottamā
Wylie: bzang mchog
Tibetan: བཟང་མཆོག
Sanskrit: bhadrottamā
Lit. “Best.” Name of four lotus ponds, each located in one of the four gardens of the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.185
Bhagavatī Prajñāpāramitā
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das ma shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས་མ་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: bhagavatī prajñāpāramitā
g.186
Bhīṣma­garjita­nirghoṣa­svara
Wylie: sgra dbyangs mi bzad par sgrogs pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་དབྱངས་མི་བཟད་པར་སྒྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: bhīṣma­garjita­nirghoṣa­svara
Lit. “Who Roared the Fearsome Roar.” A buddha, presumably in another realm, in the presence of whom the bodhisattva great being Sadāprarudita is practicing celibacy.
g.187
bile
Wylie: mkhris pa
Tibetan: མཁྲིས་པ།
Sanskrit: pitta
One of the three vital substances in the body, along with wind and phlegm, which result in good health when balanced and illness or less than optimal health when imbalanced.
g.188
Bimbisāra
Wylie: gzugs can snying po
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཅན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bimbisāra
The king of Magadha and a great patron of the Buddha. His birth coincided with the Buddha’s, and his father, King Mahāpadma, named him “Essence of Gold” after mistakenly attributing the brilliant light that marked the Buddha’s birth to the birth of his son by Queen Bimbī (“Goldie”). Accounts of Bimbisāra’s youth and life can be found in The Chapter on Going Forth (Toh 1-1, Pravrajyāvastu).King Śreṇya Bimbisāra first met with the Buddha early on, when the latter was the wandering mendicant known as Gautama. Impressed by his conduct, Bimbisāra offered to take Gautama into his court, but Gautama refused, and Bimbisāra wished him success in his quest for awakening and asked him to visit his palace after he had achieved his goal. One account of this episode can be found in the sixteenth chapter of The Play in Full (Toh 95, Lalitavistara). There are other accounts where the two meet earlier on in childhood; several episodes can be found, for example, in The Hundred Deeds (Toh 340, Karmaśataka). Later, after the Buddha’s awakening, Bimbisāra became one of his most famous patrons and donated to the saṅgha the Bamboo Grove, Veṇuvana, at the outskirts of the capital of Magadha, Rājagṛha, where he built residences for the monks. Bimbisāra was imprisoned and killed by his own son, the prince Ajātaśatru, who, influenced by Devadatta, sought to usurp his father’s throne.
g.189
birth
Wylie: skye ba
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: jāti
The eleventh link of dependent origination.
g.190
birth from a womb
Wylie: mngal nas skye ba
Tibetan: མངལ་ནས་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: jarāyuja
One of the four modes of birth (caturyoni; skye gnas bzhi), it refers to that of humans and other mammals.
g.191
birth from an egg
Wylie: sgo nga las skye ba
Tibetan: སྒོ་ང་ལས་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: aṇḍaja
One of the four modes of birth (caturyoni; skye gnas bzhi), it refers to that of birds, fish, reptiles, and so on.
g.192
birth from warmth and moisture
Wylie: drod gsher las skye ba
Tibetan: དྲོད་གཤེར་ལས་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃsvedajā
One of the four modes of birth (caturyoni; skye gnas bzhi). Tiny bugs and microbes are understood to be born from the confluence of heat and moisture.
g.193
birth story
Wylie: skyes pa’i rabs
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་པའི་རབས།
Sanskrit: jātaka
The Buddha’s accounts of his own previous lifetimes, listed as one of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma.
g.194
bitterly criticize
Wylie: skyon ’dogs
Tibetan: སྐྱོན་འདོགས།
Sanskrit: doṣam utpādaya
g.195
black fly
Wylie: sha sbrang
Tibetan: ཤ་སྦྲང་།
Sanskrit: maśaka
g.196
black-and-blue perception
Wylie: rnam par sngos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྔོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vinīlakasaṃjñā
g.197
blind in one eye
Wylie: zhar ba
Tibetan: ཞར་བ།
Sanskrit: kāṇa
g.198
bloodied perception
Wylie: rnam par dmar ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དམར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vilohitaka­saṃjñā
g.199
blow out
Wylie: zhi bar bya
Tibetan: ཞི་བར་བྱ།
Sanskrit: nirvāp
g.200
blue green naḍa reed
Wylie: ’dam bu sngon po
Tibetan: འདམ་བུ་སྔོན་པོ།
A species of reeds; according to Monier-Williams, the Arundo tibialis, or Karka.
g.201
blue lotus
Wylie: ud pa la, ut+pa la, ut+pala
Tibetan: ཨུད་པ་ལ།, ཨུཏྤ་ལ།, ཨུཏྤལ།
Sanskrit: utpala
g.202
blunder into terrible forms of life
Wylie: ngan ’gro log par ltung ba rnams su ’gro
Tibetan: ངན་འགྲོ་ལོག་པར་ལྟུང་བ་རྣམས་སུ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit: durgati­vinipātaṃ gam
g.203
bodhi
Wylie: byang chub
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: bodhi
In general the Sanskrit means “awakening,” as from sleep, but in the Buddhist context it is the awakening from ignorance, i.e., the direct realization of truth.
g.204
Bodhi tree
Wylie: byang chub kyi shing
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit: bodhivṛkṣa
The name of the tree under which the Buddha Śākyamuni attained awakening. The same term is used to describe the trees under which other tathāgatas, both in this realm and others, attain awakening.
g.205
bodhicitta
Wylie: byang chub kyi sems
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: bodhicitta
Also translated as “thought of awakening.”
g.206
Bodhi­maṇḍalālaṃkāra­su­rucitā
Wylie: byang chub kyi snying po’i rgyan shin tu mdzes pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོའི་རྒྱན་ཤིན་ཏུ་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhi­maṇḍalālaṃkāra­su­rucitā
Lit. “Dazzling Ornament of the Choice Circle of Awakening.” A world system in the southeast direction where the buddha Padmottaraśrī dwells.
g.207
bodhisattva
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattva
A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain perfect buddhahood, traversing the ten bodhisattva levels (daśabhūmi, sa bcu). Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. In terms of the view, they realize both the selflessness of persons and the selflessness of phenomena.The Tibetan translators consistently understand the word bodhisattva as bodhi-satva and render it byang chub sems dpa’ (“awakening thought hero”).
g.208
bodhisattva community
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i tshogs
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: bodhisattva­gaṇa
g.209
bodhisattva great being
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvamahāsattva
The term can be understood to mean “great courageous one” or "great hero,” or (from the Sanskrit) simply “great being,” and is almost always found as an epithet of “bodhisattva.” The qualification “great” in this term, according to the majority of canonical definitions, focuses on the generic greatness common to all bodhisattvas, i.e., the greatness implicit in the bodhisattva vow itself in terms of outlook, aspiration, number of beings to be benefited, potential or eventual accomplishments, and so forth. In this sense the mahā- is closer in its connotations to the mahā- in “Mahāyāna” than to the mahā- in “mahāsiddha.” While individual bodhisattvas described as mahāsattva may in many cases also be “great” in terms of their level of realization, this is largely coincidental, and in the canonical texts the epithet is not restricted to bodhisattvas at any particular point in their career. Indeed, in a few cases even bodhisattvas whose path has taken a wrong direction are still described as bodhisattva mahāsattva.Later commentarial writings do nevertheless define the term‍—variably‍—in terms of bodhisattvas having attained a particular level (bhūmi) or realization. The most common qualifying criteria mentioned are attaining the path of seeing, attaining irreversibility (according to its various definitions), or attaining the seventh bhūmi.
g.210
Bodhisattva level
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvabhūmi
The ninth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. When rendered in the plural, it is understood as a reference to all levels of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten levels” and “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.211
bodhisattva way of life
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i spyod pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvacārikā
g.212
Bodhyaṅgapuṣpa
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag gi me tog
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་གི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅgapuṣpa
Lit. “Limbs of Awakening Flower.” Name that a hundred thousand one hundred million billion beings will bear when they become buddhas after sixty-four eons.
g.213
bodhyaṅgavatin
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag yod pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅgavatin
Lit. “endowed with the limbs of awakening.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.214
body consciousness constituent
Wylie: lus kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāyavijñānadhātu
One of the eighteen constituents.
g.215
body golden in color
Wylie: sku gser gyi kha dog can
Tibetan: སྐུ་གསེར་གྱི་ཁ་དོག་ཅན།
Sanskrit: suvarṇa­kāya
One of the features of the Buddha‘s body.
g.216
body of meanings
Wylie: don gyi tshogs
Tibetan: དོན་གྱི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: arthika RS
g.217
bones perception
Wylie: rus gong gi ’du shes
Tibetan: རུས་གོང་གི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: asthisaṃjñā
g.218
boon
Wylie: gces spras byed pa
Tibetan: གཅེས་སྤྲས་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: bahukara
g.219
Brahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmā
A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).
g.220
brahmā dwelling
Wylie: tshangs pa’i gnas
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་གནས།
Sanskrit: brahmabhava
g.221
Brahmakāyika
Wylie: tshangs ris
Tibetan: ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit: brahmakāyika
Lit. “Brahmā class.” The first of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍‍, or Śuddhāvāsa, it is listed as the first of the three heavens that correspond to the first of the four concentrations. Also called Brahmaloka.
g.222
Brahmaloka
Wylie: tshangs pa’i ’jig rten
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: brahmaloka
A collective name for the first three heavens of the form realm, which correspond to the first concentration (dhyāna): Brahmakāyika, Brahmapurohita, and Mahābrahmā (also called Brahmapārṣadya in this text). These are ruled over by the god Brahmā, who believes himself to be the creator of the universe. According to some sources, it can also be a general reference to all the heavens in the form realm and formless realm.
g.223
Brahmapārṣadya
Wylie: tshangs ’khor, tshangs pa kun ’khor
Tibetan: ཚངས་འཁོར།, ཚངས་པ་ཀུན་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: brahmapārṣadya, brahmapāriṣadya
Lit. “Retinue of Brahmā.” This is usually considered to be an alternate name of the Brahmapurohita heaven, the second of the seventeen heavens of the form realm. However, in this text, it seems to refer to the third heaven and also to the name of the gods living there‍—otherwise called Mahābrahmā (tshangs pa chen po). In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the third of the three heavens that correspond to the first of the four concentrations.
g.224
Brahmapurohita
Wylie: tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit: brahmapurohita
Lit. “Sacrificial Priests of Brahmā.” The second of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the second of the three heavens that correspond to the first of the four concentrations.
g.225
Brahmā’s melodious voice
Wylie: tshangs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: brahmaghoṣa
A voice that has the qualities of the voice of the god Brahmā. This is one of the thirty-two major marks of a buddha.
g.226
brahmin
Wylie: bram ze
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit: brāhmaṇa
A member of the highest of the four castes in Indian society, which is closely associated with religious vocations.
g.227
brahmin caste
Wylie: bram ze’i rigs
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: brāhmaṇa varṇa
See “brahmin.”
g.228
brahmin student
Wylie: bram ze’i khye’u
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེའི་ཁྱེའུ།
Sanskrit: māṇava
The Buddha Śākyamuni in an earlier life, when his awakening was predicted by the buddha Dīpaṃkara.
g.229
Bṛhatphala
Wylie: ’bras bu che
Tibetan: འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: bṛhatphala
Lit. “Those in the Great Result.” The twelfth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the third of the three heavens that correspond to the fourth of the four concentrations.
g.230
bright dharma
Wylie: chos dkar po
Tibetan: ཆོས་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit: śukladharma
g.231
brought to an end
Wylie: rgyun chad
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་ཆད།
Sanskrit: samuccheda
g.232
buddha eye
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi mig
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: buddha­cakṣu
One of the five eyes.
g.233
Buddha level
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi sa, sangs rgyas sa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།, སངས་རྒྱས་ས།
Sanskrit: buddhabhūmi
The tenth and last of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”
g.234
buddhadharma
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi chos
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: buddhadharma
g.235
buddhahood
Wylie: sangs rgyas nyid
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: buddhatva
g.236
burnt-bones perception
Wylie: rnam par tshig pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཚིག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vidagdhaka­saṃjñā
g.237
business caste
Wylie: rje’u’i rigs
Tibetan: རྗེའུའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: vaiṣya varṇa
The third of the four classes in the Indian caste system. It generally includes merchants and farmers.
g.238
business family
Wylie: khyim bdag gi rigs
Tibetan: ཁྱིམ་བདག་གི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: gṛhapatikula
A subdivision of the vaiśya (mercantile) class of traditional Indian society.
g.239
by way of apprehending something
Wylie: dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: upalambha­yogena
g.240
by way of not apprehending anything
Wylie: mi dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: anupalambha­yogena
g.241
calamity
Wylie: sdug bsngal
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit: vyasana
g.242
calm abiding
Wylie: zhi gnas
Tibetan: ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit: śamatha
Refers to the meditative practice of calming the mind to rest free from the disturbance of thought. One of the two basic forms of Buddhist meditation, the other being insight .
g.243
calm abiding single-pointedness
Wylie: zhi gnas rtse gcig tu bya ba
Tibetan: ཞི་གནས་རྩེ་གཅིག་ཏུ་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: śamathaikāgratā
See “calm abiding.”
g.244
candidate
Wylie: zhugs pa
Tibetan: ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratipannaka
g.245
candra­dhvaja­ketu
Wylie: zla ba’i rgyal mtshan tog
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཏོག
Sanskrit: candra­dhvaja­ketu
Lit. “crest of the moon’s victory banner.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.246
candraprabha
Wylie: zla ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: candraprabha
Lit. “moonlight.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.247
candravimala
Wylie: zla ba dri ma med pa
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: candravimala
Lit. “stainless moon.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.248
Cāritramati
Wylie: spyod pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: cāritramati
Lit. “Intelligence of Activity.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Upaśānta, in the western direction, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.249
cāritravatin
Wylie: spyod pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: cāritravatin
Lit. “act possessor.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.250
cast a spell over
Wylie: yongs su bsgribs
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་བསྒྲིབས།
Sanskrit: pratyutthāpaya
g.251
catalyst
Wylie: gleng gzhi
Tibetan: གླེང་གཞི།
g.252
category of the uncompounded
Wylie: ’dus ma byas kyis rab tu phye ba
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས་ཀྱིས་རབ་ཏུ་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛta­prabhāvitam
g.253
Cāturmahā­rājika
Wylie: rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit: cāturmahā­rājika
One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, lowest among the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu, ’dod khams). Dwelling place of the Four Great Kings (caturmahārāja, rgyal chen bzhi), traditionally located on a terrace of Sumeru, just below the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Each cardinal direction is ruled by one of the Four Great Kings and inhabited by a different class of nonhuman beings as their subjects: in the east, Dhṛtarāṣṭra rules the gandharvas; in the south, Virūḍhaka rules the kumbhāṇḍas; in the west, Virūpākṣa rules the nāgas; and in the north, Vaiśravaṇa rules the yakṣas.For consistency rgyal chen bzhi’i ris is rendered cāturmahā­rājika (“[gods] belonging to the group of the Four Great Kings”), even though there are a number of Skt. forms (Edg says the forms are cāturmahā­rāja­kāyika and less often caturmahā­rāja­kāyika, and cāturmahā­rājika and less often caturmahā­rājika) and slight differences are encountered in the Tib. translation. “Gods” is sometimes rendered explicitly and is sometimes implicit in the Tib.
g.254
caturmāra­bala­vikaraṇa
Wylie: bdud bzhi’i dpung stobs med par byed pa
Tibetan: བདུད་བཞིའི་དཔུང་སྟོབས་མེད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: caturmāra­bala­vikaraṇa
Lit. “destroyer of the power of the four māras’ host.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.255
causal sign
Wylie: mtshan ma
Tibetan: མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit: nimitta
A causal sign is the projected reality that functions as the objective support of a cognitive state. It cannot be separated out from the cognitive state and to that extent may enjoy a modicum of conventional reality. To “practice with a causal sign” means to look at an apparent phenomenon within accepting that it has more reality than it actually does.
g.256
celestial mansion circles
Wylie: gzhal med khang gi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: གཞལ་མེད་ཁང་གི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: vimāna­maṇḍala
The Skt. vimāna suggests the “mount” or “chariot” of the gods, namely of the sun and moon. It can be a celestial palace (gzhal med khang).
g.257
cemetery dweller
Wylie: dur khrod pa
Tibetan: དུར་ཁྲོད་པ།
Sanskrit: śmāśānika
g.258
certification of dharmas
Wylie: chos skyon med pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharma­niyama­tā
g.259
cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa, ’gog pa’i chos
Tibetan: འགོག་པ།, འགོག་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: nirodha, nirodha­dharma
g.260
cessation absorption
Wylie: ’gog pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodha­samāpatti
g.261
cessation element
Wylie: ’gog pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: འགོག་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: nirodhadhātu
g.262
charity
Wylie: sbyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dāna, dakṣiṇā
g.263
child of Manu
Wylie: shed bu
Tibetan: ཤེད་བུ།
Sanskrit: mānava
Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahā­bhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.
g.264
circle of the sun
Wylie: nyi ma’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: sūryamaṇḍala
g.265
circulate
Wylie: spyod
Tibetan: སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: pracar
g.266
circumambulate
Wylie: skor ba byed, bskor ba byas
Tibetan: སྐོར་བ་བྱེད།, བསྐོར་བ་བྱས།
Sanskrit: pradakṣinīkṛ
g.267
cittasthiti
Wylie: sems gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: cittasthiti
Lit. “stability of mind.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.268
civic work
Wylie: yul gyi mi rnams kyi bya ba
Tibetan: ཡུལ་གྱི་མི་རྣམས་ཀྱི་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: janapadakṛtya
g.269
clairvoyance
Wylie: mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhijñā
The clairvoyances are listed as either five or six. The first five are the divine eye, divine ear, performance of miraculous power, recollection of past lives, and knowing others’ thoughts. A sixth, knowing that all outflows have been eliminated, is often added. The first five are attained through concentration (dhyāna) and are sometimes described as worldly, as they can be attained to some extent by non-Buddhist yogins, while the sixth is supramundane and attained only by realization‍.
g.270
clairvoyant knowledge
Wylie: mngon par shes pa, mngon shes
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།, མངོན་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: abhijñā
See “clairvoyances.”
g.271
cleaned-out-by-worms perception
Wylie: rnam par ’bus gzhigs pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འབུས་གཞིགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vipaḍumaka­saṃjñā
g.272
clear light
Wylie: ’od gsal ba
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: prabhāsvara
Clear light or luminosity refers to the subtlest level of mind, i.e., the fundamental, essential nature of all cognitive events. Though ever present within all sentient beings, this luminosity becomes manifest only when the gross mind has ceased to function. It is said that such a dissolution is experienced naturally by ordinary beings at the time of death, but it can also be experientially cultivated through certain meditative practices.
g.273
clear realization
Wylie: mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhisamaya
A samaya is a coming together, in this case of an object known and something that knows it; the abhi means “toward” or else adds an intensity to the act.
g.274
close relative
Wylie: gnyen ’dab
Tibetan: གཉེན་འདབ།
g.275
cloth canopy
Wylie: bla re
Tibetan: བླ་རེ།
Sanskrit: vitāna, cailavitāna
g.276
cold season
Wylie: lhags pa’i dus la bab pa
Tibetan: ལྷགས་པའི་དུས་ལ་བབ་པ།
Sanskrit: śiśirakāla
g.277
collected state
Wylie: mnyam par bzhag pa
Tibetan: མཉམ་པར་བཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāhita
A state of deep concentration in which the mind is absorbed in its object to such a degree that conceptual thought is suspended. It is sometimes interpreted as settling (āhita) the mind in equanimity (sama).Also rendered here as “meditative equipoise.”
g.278
collected thought
Wylie: sems bsdus pa
Tibetan: སེམས་བསྡུས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃgraha RS
g.279
collection of marks
Wylie: mtshan nyid ’dus pa
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་འདུས་པ།
Sanskrit: samastalakṣaṇa
g.280
come forth
Wylie: ’byung
Tibetan: འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: upapad
g.281
communication
Wylie: tha snyad
Tibetan: ཐ་སྙད།
Sanskrit: vyavahāra
g.282
community
Wylie: dge ’dun
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit: saṅgha
See “saṅgha.”
g.283
compassion
Wylie: snying rje
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: karuṇā, kāruṇya
One of the four practices of spiritual practitioners and one of the four immeasurables (the others being loving-kindness or love, sympathetic joy, and equanimity).
g.284
complete nirvāṇa
Wylie: yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: parinirvāṇa
A specialized term for nirvāṇa when it is used in reference to the apparent passing away of the physical body of a buddha or an arhat. See “nirvāṇa.”
g.285
complicate
Wylie: rnam par ’khrug pa, rnam par dkrugs pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཁྲུག་པ།, རྣམ་པར་དཀྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vikopaya
g.286
compounded
Wylie: ’dus byas
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛta
Composed of constituent parts, whether physical or temporal; dependent on causes.
g.287
compounded downfall
Wylie: lhag par ltung ba
Tibetan: ལྷག་པར་ལྟུང་བ།
Sanskrit: adhyāpatti
g.288
compounded phenomenon
Wylie: ’du byed
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛta
See “compounded.”
g.289
conceals a sharp object
Wylie: zug rngu dang bcas pa
Tibetan: ཟུག་རྔུ་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit: saśalya
g.290
concentration
Wylie: bsam gtan
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit: dhyāna
Dhyāna is defined as one-pointed abiding in an undistracted state of mind, free from afflicted mental states. Four states of dhyāna are identified as being conducive to birth within the form realm. In the context of the Mahāyāna, it is the fifth of the six perfections. It is commonly translated as “concentration,” “meditative concentration,” and so on.
g.291
concentrations
Wylie: bsam gtan
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit: dhyāna
See “four concentrations.”
g.292
conceptualization
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vikalpa
A mental function that tends to superimpose upon reality, either relative or ultimate, a conceptualized dualistic perspective fabricated by the subjective mind. It is often opposed to direct perception (pratyakṣa, mngon sum).
g.293
conceptualized form
Wylie: rnam par brtags pa’i gzugs
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བརྟགས་པའི་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: vikalpitarūpa
g.294
condition
Wylie: rkyen
Tibetan: རྐྱེན།
Sanskrit: pratyaya
g.295
conduct
Wylie: spyod pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: caraṇa
g.296
confident readiness
Wylie: spobs pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhā, pratibhāna
Pratibhāna is the capacity for speaking in a confident and inspiring manner.
g.297
conflict
Wylie: nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: raṇa
g.298
conflict-free
Wylie: nyon mongs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: araṇa, araṇya
g.299
conforming dedication
Wylie: ’thun par yongs su sngo ba
Tibetan: འཐུན་པར་ཡོངས་སུ་སྔོ་བ།
Sanskrit: samena pariṇāma
g.300
conforming order
Wylie: lugs dang ’thun pa, lugs
Tibetan: ལུགས་དང་འཐུན་པ།, ལུགས།
Sanskrit: anuloma
g.301
confuse
Wylie: mig gis mi rtsol
Tibetan: མིག་གིས་མི་རྩོལ།
Sanskrit: vicakṣu­karaṇa
g.302
confusion
Wylie: gti mug
Tibetan: གཏི་མུག
Sanskrit: moha
One of the three poisons (triviṣa), together with greed and hatred, that bind beings to cyclic existence.
g.303
congenital blindness
Wylie: dmus long
Tibetan: དམུས་ལོང་།
Sanskrit: jātyandha
g.304
conjoined with
Wylie: dang ldan pa, ’du ba
Tibetan: དང་ལྡན་པ།, འདུ་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃyukta
g.305
conjunction
Wylie: sbyor ba
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: sayukta
g.306
connections
Wylie: mtshams sbyor ba
Tibetan: མཚམས་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: anusaṃdhi
g.307
consciousness
Wylie: rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñāna
Consciousness is generally classified into the five sensory consciousnesses and mental consciousness. Fifth of the five aggregates and third of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.308
consistency between words and deeds
Wylie: don ’thun pa
Tibetan: དོན་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: samānārthatā
g.309
constantly staying in a state of equanimity
Wylie: rtag tu btang snyoms su gnas pa
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་བཏང་སྙོམས་སུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: sadopekṣā­vihāritā
g.310
constellation
Wylie: rtsi
Tibetan: རྩི།
Sanskrit: oṣadhī
g.311
constituent
Wylie: khams
Tibetan: ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dhātu
In the context of Buddhist philosophy, one way to describe experience in terms of eighteen elements (eye, form, and eye consciousness; ear, sound, and ear consciousness; nose, smell, and nose consciousness; tongue, taste, and tongue consciousness; body, touch, and body consciousness; and mind, mental phenomena, and mind consciousness).This also refers to the elements of the world, which can be enumerated as four, five, or six. The four elements are earth, water, fire, and air. A fifth, space, is often added, and the sixth is consciousness.Also rendered here as “element.”
g.312
constricted
Wylie: zhum pa
Tibetan: ཞུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃkuñcita
g.313
construct in thought
Wylie: spros par byed
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: prapañcaya
g.314
contact
Wylie: ’dus te reg pa, reg pa
Tibetan: འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།, རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃsparśa, sparśa
g.315
contented
Wylie: chog shes pa, tshim
Tibetan: ཆོག་ཤེས་པ།, ཚིམ།
Sanskrit: saṃtuṣṭa
g.316
contentment
Wylie: chog shes pa
Tibetan: ཆོག་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃtuṣṭi
g.317
continent
Wylie: gling
Tibetan: གླིང་།
Sanskrit: dvīpa
g.318
contortion into
Wylie: rnam par sprul pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྤྲུལ་པ།
Sanskrit: vikurvita
g.319
contractor
Wylie: shing mkhan
Tibetan: ཤིང་མཁན།
Sanskrit: palagaṇḍa
g.320
contractor’s apprentice
Wylie: shing mkhan gyi slob ma
Tibetan: ཤིང་མཁན་གྱི་སློབ་མ།
Sanskrit: pala­gaṇḍāntevāsin
g.321
contraption
Wylie: ’khrul ’khor
Tibetan: འཁྲུལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: yantra
g.322
control
Wylie: dbang
Tibetan: དབང་།
Sanskrit: vaśitā
g.323
controlling power of a name
Wylie: ming gi gzhi, ming gi byin gyis brlabs
Tibetan: མིང་གི་གཞི།, མིང་གི་བྱིན་གྱིས་བརླབས།
Sanskrit: nāmādhiṣṭhāna
See also n.­590.
g.324
controlling power of truth
Wylie: bden pa’i byin gyis rlabs
Tibetan: བདེན་པའི་བྱིན་གྱིས་རླབས།
Sanskrit: satyādhiṣṭhāna
g.325
conventional designation
Wylie: tha snyad ’dogs pa, tha snyad
Tibetan: ཐ་སྙད་འདོགས་པ།, ཐ་སྙད།
g.326
conventional knowledge
Wylie: kun rdzob shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛtijñāna
g.327
conventional label
Wylie: tha snyad gdags pa, tha snyad ’dogs pa
Tibetan: ཐ་སྙད་གདགས་པ།, ཐ་སྙད་འདོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vyavahṛ, vyavahāra
g.328
conventional term
Wylie: brda
Tibetan: བརྡ།
Sanskrit: saṃketa
g.329
conventional truth
Wylie: kun rdzob kyi bden pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཀྱི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛti­satya
g.330
correct attention
Wylie: tshul bzhin yid la byed pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་བཞིན་ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: yoniśomanasikṛ
g.331
counselor
Wylie: blon po
Tibetan: བློན་པོ།
Sanskrit: jñāti RS
g.332
counterfeit
Wylie: ltar bcos pa
Tibetan: ལྟར་བཅོས་པ།
Sanskrit: prativarṇaka
g.333
counterpoint to all that is ordinary
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad dang mi ’thun pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་མི་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­loka­vipratyanīkā
Also translated as “antithetical to all worlds.”
g.334
courtesan
Wylie: smad ’tshong ma
Tibetan: སྨད་འཚོང་མ།
Sanskrit: gaṇikā
g.335
covetousness
Wylie: brnab sems
Tibetan: བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit: abhidhyā
g.336
cow with a baby calf
Wylie: ba drus ma
Tibetan: བ་དྲུས་མ།
Sanskrit: taruṇa­vatsā gauḥ
g.337
craft
Wylie: bzo’i gnas, bzo gnas, bzo’i las
Tibetan: བཟོའི་གནས།, བཟོ་གནས།, བཟོའི་ལས།
Sanskrit: śilpasthāna
g.338
crane
Wylie: khrung khrung
Tibetan: ཁྲུང་ཁྲུང་།
Sanskrit: sārasa
g.339
craving
Wylie: sred pa
Tibetan: སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tṛṣṇā
Eighth of the twelve links of dependent origination. Craving is often listed as threefold: craving for the desirable, craving for existence, and craving for nonexistence.
g.340
crippled
Wylie: ’theng po
Tibetan: འཐེང་པོ།
Sanskrit: kuṇḍa
g.341
criticize
Wylie: gshe
Tibetan: གཤེ།
Sanskrit: ākruś, ākrośaya
g.342
crooked
Wylie: mi drang ba
Tibetan: མི་དྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: cakratā
g.343
crowned in a consecration ceremony
Wylie: spyi bo nas dbang bskur ba
Tibetan: སྤྱི་བོ་ནས་དབང་བསྐུར་བ།
Sanskrit: mūrdhnābhiṣikta
g.344
cultivate
Wylie: sgom
Tibetan: སྒོམ།
Sanskrit: bhāvaya
Acquainting the mind with a virtuous object. Often translated as “meditation” and “familiarization.”
g.345
curlew
Wylie: bzhad sgra ’byin pa, bzhad
Tibetan: བཞད་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།, བཞད།
Sanskrit: krauñca
g.346
cutting
Wylie: yal ga ’gel ba
Tibetan: ཡལ་ག་འགེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: stamba
g.347
cyclic existence
Wylie: ’khor ba
Tibetan: འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃsāra
A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterized by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.
g.348
Darśana level
Wylie: mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan: མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: darśanabhūmi
Lit. “Seeing level.” The fourth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”
g.349
daśabalodgata
Wylie: stobs bcu’i stobs kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: སྟོབས་བཅུའི་སྟོབས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: daśabalodgata
Lit. “exalted by ten powers.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.350
daśa­digvyavalokita
Wylie: phyogs bcur rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་བཅུར་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: daśa­digvyavalokita
Lit. “seeing in the ten directions.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.351
deaf
Wylie: ’on pa
Tibetan: འོན་པ།
Sanskrit: badhira
g.352
deceit
Wylie: sgyu
Tibetan: སྒྱུ།
Sanskrit: śaṭha
According to Edgerton: śaṭhya.
g.353
declaration of a name
Wylie: ming bstan pa
Tibetan: མིང་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: nāmāpadeśa
g.354
decline
Wylie: ’grib
Tibetan: འགྲིབ།
Sanskrit:
g.355
decrease
Wylie: ’grib
Tibetan: འགྲིབ།
Sanskrit: apaci
g.356
deep place
Wylie: zab mo’i gnas
Tibetan: ཟབ་མོའི་གནས།
Sanskrit: gambhīrasthāna
g.357
deficient in fortitude
Wylie: snying stobs chung ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་སྟོབས་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit: hīnasattva
g.358
deficient in perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus zhan pa, brtson ’grus nyams pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཞན་པ།, བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit: hīnavīrya
g.359
deficient thought
Wylie: dman pa’i sems
Tibetan: དམན་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: hīnacitta
g.360
defiled by crime
Wylie: g.yung po
Tibetan: གཡུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: puṣkasa, pukkasa
g.361
defilement
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃkleśa
A term meaning defilement, impurity, and pollution, broadly referring to cognitive and emotional factors that disturb and obscure the mind. As the self-perpetuating process of affliction in the minds of beings, it is a synonym for saṃsāra. It is often paired with its opposite, vyavadāna, meaning “purification.”
g.362
defining mark
Wylie: mtshan nyid
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa
g.363
delicacy
Wylie: kha zas bsod pa
Tibetan: ཁ་ཟས་བསོད་པ།
Sanskrit: praṇītabhojana
g.364
delimited
Wylie: yongs su chad pa, yongs su chod pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཆད་པ།, ཡོངས་སུ་ཆོད་པ།
Sanskrit: paricchinna
g.365
deliver over
Wylie: yongs su gtad pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གཏད་པ།
Sanskrit: parindanā, parīndānā
g.366
deliverance
Wylie: rnam par thar pa, rnam par grol ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།, རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣa
In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment known as the “eight deliverances”; for an explanation of these, see 11.­41 and 62.­52.
g.367
demarcated
Wylie: chod pa
Tibetan: ཆོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ucchinna
g.368
demeaning
Wylie: skur pa btab pa
Tibetan: སྐུར་པ་བཏབ་པ།
Sanskrit: abhyākhāna
g.369
demerit
Wylie: bsod nams ma yin pa
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: apuṇya
g.370
demon
Wylie: mi ma yin
Tibetan: མི་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: amanuṣya
g.371
dependent origination
Wylie: rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: pratītya­samutpāda
The relative nature of phenomena, which arise in dependence on causes and conditions. Together with the four noble truths, this was the first teaching given by the Buddha. When this appears as plural in the translation, it refers to dharmas as dependently originated.
g.372
dependent origination in the order in which it unfolds
Wylie: rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba’i lugs su ’byung ba
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བའི་ལུགས་སུ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: anuloma­pratītya­samutpāda
g.373
deprived
Wylie: tha ma
Tibetan: ཐ་མ།
Sanskrit: hīna RS
g.374
deride
Wylie: ’phya
Tibetan: འཕྱ།
Sanskrit: uccaggha
g.375
descent into error
Wylie: log par ltung ba
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་ལྟུང་བ།
Sanskrit: vinipāta
g.376
designated
Wylie: gdags
Tibetan: གདགས།
Sanskrit: prajñapta
g.377
designation
Wylie: ming
Tibetan: མིང་།
Sanskrit: nāmadheya
g.378
designation
Wylie: btags pa, gdags pa
Tibetan: བཏགས་པ།, གདགས་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñapti
g.379
desire for sense gratification
Wylie: ’dod pa la ’dun pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ་ལ་འདུན་པ།
Sanskrit: kāmacchanda
g.380
desire realm
Wylie: ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan: འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāmadhātu
In Buddhist cosmology, this is our own realm, the lowest and most coarse of the three realms of saṃsāra. It is called this because beings here are characterized by their strong longing for and attachment to the pleasures of the senses. The desire realm includes hell beings, hungry ghosts, animals, humans, asuras, and the lowest six heavens of the gods‍—from the Heaven of the Four Great Kings (cāturmahā­rājika) up to the Heaven of Making Use of Others’ Emanations (para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin). Located above the desire realm is the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the formless realm (ārūpyadhātu).
g.381
destined
Wylie: nges pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: niyata
g.382
destined for the perfect state
Wylie: yang dag pa nyid du nges
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་ཉིད་དུ་ངེས།
Sanskrit: samyaktva­niyata
g.383
destined to be wrong
Wylie: log pa nyid du nges
Tibetan: ལོག་པ་ཉིད་དུ་ངེས།
Sanskrit: mithyātva­niyata
g.384
detailed and thorough knowledge
Wylie: so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratisaṃvid
See “four detailed and thorough knowledges.”
g.385
detailed and thorough knowledge of creative explanations
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: niruktipratisaṃvid
g.386
detailed and thorough knowledge of dharmas
Wylie: chos so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­pratisaṃvid
g.387
detailed presentation
Wylie: rnam par dgod pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དགོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vyavasthāna
g.388
devas
Wylie: lha
Tibetan: ལྷ།
Sanskrit: deva
See “gods.”
g.389
devious
Wylie: gya gyu
Tibetan: གྱ་གྱུ།
Sanskrit: kauṭilya
g.390
devoid of a vital essence
Wylie: srog dang bral ba
Tibetan: སྲོག་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nirjīva
g.391
dhāraṇī
Wylie: gzungs
Tibetan: གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇī
The term dhāraṇī has the sense of something that “holds” or “retains,” and so it can refer to the special capacity of practitioners to memorize and recall detailed teachings. It can also refer to a verbal expression of the teachings‍—an incantation, spell, or mnemonic formula‍—that distills and “holds” essential points of the Dharma and is used by practitioners to attain mundane and supramundane goals. The same term is also used to denote texts that contain such formulas.
g.392
dhāraṇī gateway
Wylie: gzungs kyi sgo
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmukha
As a magical formula, a dhāraṇī constitutes a gateway to the infinite qualities of awakening, the awakened state itself, and the various forms of buddha activity. See also “dhāraṇī.”
g.393
dhāraṇīmati
Wylie: gzungs kyi blo gros
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmati
Lit. “dhāraṇī wisdom.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.394
dharma
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
The term dharma conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. The primary meanings are as follows: the doctrine taught by the Buddha (Dharma); the ultimate reality underlying and expressed through the Buddha’s teaching (Dharma); the trainings that the Buddha’s teaching stipulates (dharmas); the various awakened qualities or attainments acquired through practicing and realizing the Buddha’s teaching (dharmas); qualities or aspects more generally, i.e., phenomena or phenomenal attributes (dharmas); and mental objects (dharmas).Regarding the translation of this term in this text, see i.­22.
g.395
Dharma and Vinaya
Wylie: chos ’dul ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­vinaya
An early term used to denote the Buddha’s teaching. “Dharma” refers to the sūtras and “Vinaya” to the rules of discipline.
g.396
dharma body
Wylie: chos kyi sku
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: dharma­kāya
In distinction to the form body (rūpakāya) of a buddha, this is the eternal, imperceptible realization of a buddha. In origin it was a term for the presence of the Dharma and has become synonymous with the true nature.
g.397
dharma constituent
Wylie: chos kyi khams
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu
One of the eighteen constituents, referring to mental phenomena.
g.398
dharma designation
Wylie: chos su btags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་སུ་བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­prajñapti
g.399
dharma eye
Wylie: chos kyi mig
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: dharma­cakṣu
One of the five eyes.
g.400
Dharma follower
Wylie: chos kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusārin
g.401
dharma in its totality
Wylie: chos kyi rjes su ’thun pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharmasya cānudharma
g.402
Dharma king
Wylie: chos kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharmarāja
g.403
Dharma listener
Wylie: chos nyan pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉན་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­śravaṇika
g.404
Dharma preacher
Wylie: chos smra ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­bhāṇaka, dharma­kathika
Speaker or reciter of scriptures. In early Buddhism a section of the saṅgha would consist of bhāṇakas, who, particularly before the teachings were written down and were only transmitted orally, were a key factor in the preservation of the teachings. Various groups of dharmabhāṇakas specialized in memorizing and reciting a certain set of sūtras or vinaya.
g.405
dharma-constituent
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings, chos dbyings
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།, ཆོས་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu
Dharma-dhātu is a synonym for emptiness or the ultimate nature of phenomena (dharmatā). This term is interpreted variously‍—given the many connotations of dharma /chos‍—as the sphere, element, or nature of phenomena, suchness, or truth. In this text it is used with this general, Mahāyāna sense, not to be confused with dharma constituent (Tib. chos kyi khams), also called in Sanskrit dharma­dhātu, which is one of the eighteen constituents. See also “dharma constituent.”
g.406
dharma­dhātu­nirgata
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings las nges par ’byung ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ལས་ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­nirgata
Lit. “come forth from the dharma-constituent.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.407
dharma­dhātu­niyata
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings su nges pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­niyata
Lit. “certainty in the dharma-constituent.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.408
Dharmameghā
Wylie: chos kyi sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharmameghā
Lit. “Cloud of Dharma.” The tenth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.409
dharmas are inanimate material
Wylie: chos bems po nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་བེམས་པོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmajaḍatā
g.410
dharmas on the side of awakening
Wylie: byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: bodhi­pakṣa­dharma
See “thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening.”
g.411
dharma­samudgata­pūrṇa
Wylie: chos kyis ’phags shing rdzogs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་ཤིང་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­samudgata­pūrṇa
Lit. “ennobled by dharmas completed.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.412
Dharmodgata
Wylie: chos ’phags
Tibetan: ཆོས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit: dharmodgata
A great bodhisattva, residing in a divine city called Gandhavatī, who teaches the Prajñāpāramitā three times a day. He is known for becoming the teacher of the bodhisattva Sadāprarudita, who decides to sell his flesh and blood in order to make offerings to him and receive his teachings. This story is told in this sūtra in chapters 85 and 86. It can also be found quoted in several works, such as The Words of My Perfect Teacher (kun bzang bla ma’i zhal lung) by Patrul Rinpoche.
g.413
dhvajāgra­keyūra
Wylie: rgyal mtshan gyi rtse mo’i dpung rgyan
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་རྩེ་མོའི་དཔུང་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: dhvajāgra­keyūra
Lit. “trophy atop the victory banner.” Name of a meditative stabilization. (dpung rgyan renders keyūra. Khri pa has thog, perhaps for ketu.
g.414
different views
Wylie: lta ba’i rnam pa
Tibetan: ལྟ་བའི་རྣམ་པ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭigata
g.415
digvilokita
Wylie: phyogs la rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་ལ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: digvilokita
Lit. “seeing the directions.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.416
diminution
Wylie: ’bri ba, ’grib pa
Tibetan: འབྲི་བ།, འགྲིབ་པ།
Sanskrit: apacaya
g.417
Dīpaṃkara
Wylie: mar me mdzad
Tibetan: མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit: dīpaṃkara
A previous buddha who gave Śākyamuni the prophecy of his buddhahood. In depictions of the buddhas of the three times, he represents the buddhas of the past, while Śākyamuni represents the present, Maitreya the future.
g.418
direct eyewitness to the dharmas who witnesses with your body
Wylie: chos rnams la mngon sum gyi mig dang ldan pa lus mngon sum du gyur pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྣམས་ལ་མངོན་སུམ་གྱི་མིག་དང་ལྡན་པ་ལུས་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: pratyakṣa­cakṣur dharmeṣu kāyasākṣī
g.419
direct perception
Wylie: mngon sum
Tibetan: མངོན་སུམ།
Sanskrit: pratyakṣa
g.420
directly realized
Wylie: mngon sum du bgyid pa
Tibetan: མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བགྱིད་པ།
Sanskrit: sākṣātkṛta
g.421
disadvantage
Wylie: skyon
Tibetan: སྐྱོན།
Sanskrit: doṣa
g.422
disagreeable
Wylie: mi sdug pa
Tibetan: མི་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit: akānta
g.423
discerned
Wylie: rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñāta
g.424
discipline
Wylie: yongs su ’dul ba, ’dul ba, dul ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འདུལ་བ།, འདུལ་བ།, དུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: paridamana, dama, damana
g.425
disciplined state of mind
Wylie: sems dul ba
Tibetan: སེམས་དུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: dāntacittatā
g.426
discourse
Wylie: mdo
Tibetan: མདོ།
Sanskrit: sūtra
In Sanskrit literally “a thread,” this is an ancient term for teachings that were memorized and orally transmitted in an essential form. Therefore, it can also mean “pithy statements,” “rules,” and “aphorisms.” In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length. It is one of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, the other two being Vinaya and Abhidharma. It is also used in contrast with the tantra teachings, though a number of important tantras have sūtra in their title. It is also classified as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma, in which context sūtra means “a teaching given in prose.”
g.427
discriminate differences
Wylie: tha dad pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: ཐ་དད་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: nānātvasaṃjñā
g.428
dishonorable people
Wylie: skyes bu dam pa ma yin pa
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་དམ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: kāpuruṣa
g.429
disintegration
Wylie: rnam par gzhig pa, rnam par ’jig pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གཞིག་པ།, རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit: vibhāvanā
g.430
disintegration of meditation
Wylie: bsgom pa rnam par ’jig pa
Tibetan: བསྒོམ་པ་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit: bhāvanāvibhāvanā
g.431
disjunction
Wylie: ’bral ba
Tibetan: འབྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: viyukta
g.432
disk of the moon
Wylie: zla ba’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: candramaṇḍala
g.433
disparage
Wylie: smod
Tibetan: སྨོད།
Sanskrit: avaman
g.434
displease
Wylie: thugs byung bar byed
Tibetan: ཐུགས་བྱུང་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: virāgaya
g.435
disposition
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: prakṛti
g.436
dispute
Wylie: rgol ba
Tibetan: རྒོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vāda
g.437
distance
Wylie: rgyang ring du byed, ring du byed
Tibetan: རྒྱང་རིང་དུ་བྱེད།, རིང་དུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: dūrīkṛ
g.438
distinct attributes of a buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit: āveṇikabuddhadharma
See “eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha.”
g.439
distorted state of mind
Wylie: sems phyin ci log tu gyur pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་ཏུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: viparyasta­citta
g.440
distrustful
Wylie: thugs mi ches pa
Tibetan: ཐུགས་མི་ཆེས་པ།
Sanskrit: apratyaya
g.441
divine ear
Wylie: lha’i rna ba
Tibetan: ལྷའི་རྣ་བ།
Sanskrit: divya­śrotra
g.442
divine ear constituent
Wylie: lha’i rna ba’i khams
Tibetan: ལྷའི་རྣ་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: divya­śrotra­dhātu
g.443
divine ear knowledge
Wylie: lha’i rna ba’i shes pa
Tibetan: ལྷའི་རྣ་བའི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: divya­śrotra­jñāna
g.444
divine eye
Wylie: lha’i mig
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མིག
Sanskrit: divya­cakṣus
One of the five eyes.
g.445
divine hearing
Wylie: lha’i rna ba
Tibetan: ལྷའི་རྣ་བ།
Sanskrit: divya­śrotra
g.446
does not cause
Wylie: mi byed pa, mi byed
Tibetan: མི་བྱེད་པ།, མི་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: akaraṇa
g.447
dominant bull
Wylie: khyu mchog
Tibetan: ཁྱུ་མཆོག
Sanskrit: vṛṣabha
g.448
dominant factor
Wylie: dbang bgyid pa, dbang byed pa
Tibetan: དབང་བགྱིད་པ།, དབང་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ādhipateya
g.449
donation
Wylie: sbyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dakṣiṇā
g.450
doubt
Wylie: the tshom, the tshom za
Tibetan: ཐེ་ཚོམ།, ཐེ་ཚོམ་ཟ།
Sanskrit: vicikitsā, vicikitsiṣyati
g.451
dozing
Wylie: gnyid
Tibetan: གཉིད།
Sanskrit: styāna, niddha
g.452
drawn in the boundaries
Wylie: sa mtshams bkum
Tibetan: ས་མཚམས་བཀུམ།
Sanskrit: sīmābaddha
g.453
dream
Wylie: g.yar lam, rmi lam
Tibetan: གཡར་ལམ།, རྨི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: svapna
g.454
driver
Wylie: kha lo sgyur ba
Tibetan: ཁ་ལོ་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: sārathi
g.455
drowsiness
Wylie: rmugs pa
Tibetan: རྨུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: middha, styāna
g.456
dualism
Wylie: gnyis la
Tibetan: གཉིས་ལ།
Sanskrit: dvaya
g.457
dualistic perception
Wylie: gnyis kyi ’du shes
Tibetan: གཉིས་ཀྱི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: dvaya­saṃjñī
g.458
dualistically
Wylie: gnyis kyis
Tibetan: གཉིས་ཀྱིས།
Sanskrit: dvayena
g.459
Dūraṃgamā
Wylie: ring du song ba
Tibetan: རིང་དུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: dūraṃgamā
Lit. “Far Reaching.” The seventh level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.460
dust particle
Wylie: rdul gyi khams
Tibetan: རྡུལ་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rajodhātu
g.461
dwell on the experience
Wylie: ro myong bar byed
Tibetan: རོ་མྱོང་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: āsvādaya
g.462
ear consciousness constituent
Wylie: rna ba’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: karṇavijñānadhātu
One of the eighteen constituents.
g.463
easy
Wylie: sla ba
Tibetan: སླ་བ།
Sanskrit: sukara
g.464
egotism
Wylie: nga’o snyam pa’i nga rgyal
Tibetan: ངའོ་སྙམ་པའི་ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: asmimāna
g.465
eight deliverances
Wylie: rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭau vimokṣāḥ
A series of progressively more subtle states of meditative realization or attainment. There are several presentations of these found in the canonical literature. One of the most common is as follows: (1) One observes form while the mind dwells at the level of the form realm. (2) One observes forms externally while discerning formlessness internally. (3) One dwells in the direct experience of the body’s pleasant aspect. (4) One dwells in the realization of the sphere of infinite space by transcending all conceptions of matter, resistance, and diversity. (5) Transcending the sphere of infinite space, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of infinite consciousness. (6) Transcending the sphere of infinite consciousness, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of nothingness. (7) Transcending the sphere of nothingness, one dwells in the realization of the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception. (8) Transcending the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception, one dwells in the realization of the cessation of conception and feeling.
g.466
eight places that preclude a perfect human birth
Wylie: mi khom pa brgyad, mi khom brgyad
Tibetan: མི་ཁོམ་པ་བརྒྱད།, མི་ཁོམ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭākṣaṇa
A set of circumstances that do not provide the freedom to practice the Buddhist path: being born in the realms of (1) the hells, (2) hungry ghosts (pretas), (3) animals, or (4) long-lived gods, or in the human realm among (5) barbarians or (6) extremists, (7) in places where the Buddhist teachings do not exist, or (8) without adequate faculties to understand the teachings where they do exist.
g.467
eight stations of mastery
Wylie: zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched brgyad
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭābhibhāvāyatana
Refers to the miraculous perceptual transformation that ensues when one (1) regards lesser external forms, (2) regards greater external forms, (3) regards blue shapes, (4) regards yellow shapes, (5) regards red shapes, (6) regards white shapes, (7) abides in the station of endless space, and (8) abides in the station of endless consciousness.
g.468
eight ways great persons think
Wylie: skyes bu chen po’i rnam par rtog pa brgyad
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭa­mahā­puruṣa­vitarka
Thinking that one will (1) eliminate the suffering of beings, (2) lead beings to wealth and affluence, (3) benefit beings with one’s own flesh and blood, (4) benefit beings even if it means remaining in the hells for a long time, and (5) never be reborn with wealth or power that does not benefit beings, never focus solely on the ultimate, and never cause harm to beings; (6) that beings’ negative actions will ripen upon oneself, and one’s positive actions will ripen upon them; (7) that one will fulfill the wishes of beings through great worldly and supramundane riches; and (8) that one will become a buddha and thus deliver beings from suffering.
g.469
eight-branched confession and restoration
Wylie: yan lag brgyad dang ldan pa’i gso sbyong
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་གསོ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit: aṣṭāṅga­samanvāgata poṣadha
To refrain from (1) killing, (2) stealing, (3) sexual activity, (4) false speech, (5) intoxication, (6) singing, dancing, music, and beautifying oneself with adornments or cosmetics, (7) using a high or large bed, and (8) eating at improper times. Typically, this observance is maintained by lay people for twenty-four hours on new moon and full moon days, as well as other special days in the lunar calendar.
g.470
eighteen constituents
Wylie: khams bcwa brgyad
Tibetan: ཁམས་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭādaśadhātu
The eighteen constituents through which sensory experience is produced: the six sense faculties (indriya); the six corresponding sense objects (ālambana); and the six sensory consciousnesses (vijñāna).When grouped these are: the eye constituent, form constituent, and eye consciousness constituent; the ear constituent, sound constituent, and ear consciousness constituent; the nose constituent, smell constituent, and nose consciousness constituent; the tongue constituent, taste constituent, and tongue consciousness constituent; the body constituent, touch constituent, and body consciousness constituent; the thinking-mind constituent, dharma constituent, and thinking-mind consciousness constituent.See also “constituents.”
g.471
eighteen distinct attributes
Wylie: chos ma ’dres pa bcwa brgyad
Tibetan: ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭā­daśā­veṇika­dharma
See “eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha.”
g.472
eighteen distinct attributes of a buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bcwa brgyad
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭā­daśāveṇika­buddha­dharma
Eighteen special features of a buddha’s behavior, realization, activity, and wisdom that are not shared by other beings. They are generally listed as: (1) he never makes a mistake, (2) he is never boisterous, (3) he never forgets, (4) his concentration never falters, (5) he has no notion of distinctness, (6) his equanimity is not due to lack of consideration, (7) his motivation never falters, (8) his endeavor never fails, (9) his mindfulness never falters, (10) he never abandons his concentration, (11) his insight (prajñā) never decreases, (12) his liberation never fails, (13) all his physical actions are preceded and followed by wisdom (jñāna), (14) all his verbal actions are preceded and followed by wisdom, (15) all his mental actions are preceded and followed by wisdom, (16) his wisdom and vision perceive the past without attachment or hindrance, (17) his wisdom and vision perceive the future without attachment or hindrance, and (18) his wisdom and vision perceive the present without attachment or hindrance.
g.473
eighteen emptinesses
Wylie: stong pa nyid bco brgyad
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭā­daśa­śūnyatā
These are enumerated at 2.­18: (1) inner emptiness, (2) outer emptiness, (3) inner and outer emptiness, (4) the emptiness of emptiness, (5) great emptiness, (6) the emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) the emptiness of the compounded, (8) the emptiness of the uncompounded, (9) the emptiness of what transcends limits, (10) the emptiness of no beginning and no end, (11) the emptiness of nonrepudiation, (12) the emptiness of a basic nature, (13) the emptiness of all dharmas, (14) the emptiness of its own mark, (15) the emptiness of not apprehending, (16) the emptiness of a nonexistent thing, (17) the emptiness of an intrinsic nature, and (18) the emptiness that is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature.
g.474
eightfold noble path
Wylie: ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: āryāṣṭāṅga­mārga
Right view, right idea, right speech, right conduct, right livelihood, right effort, right mindfulness, and right meditative stabilization.
g.475
eightfold path
Wylie: lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan: ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭāṅga­mārga
See “eightfold noble path.”
g.476
Ekachattra
Wylie: gdugs gcig pa
Tibetan: གདུགས་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekachattra
Lit. “With a Single Umbrella.” A buddha in a world system called Vaśībhūtā, in the intermediate northwest direction.
g.477
ekākāra
Wylie: rnam pa gcig tu gyur pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་གཅིག་ཏུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: ekākāra
Lit. “single aspect.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.478
ekavyūha
Wylie: bkod pa gcig pa
Tibetan: བཀོད་པ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekavyūha
Lit. “single array.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.479
element
Wylie: khams, dbyings
Tibetan: ཁམས།, དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: dhātu
Also rendered here as “constituent.”
g.480
element of nirvāṇa
Wylie: mya ngan las ’das pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: nirvāṇadhātu
g.481
element of nirvāṇa without any aggregates left behind
Wylie: phung po’i lhag ma med pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa’i dbyings, phung po lhag ma med pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོའི་ལྷག་མ་མེད་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པའི་དབྱིངས།, ཕུང་པོ་ལྷག་མ་མེད་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: anupadhiśeṣa­nirvāṇa­dhātu
g.482
elevated meditative stabilization
Wylie: mngon par ’phags pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: abhyudgata­samādhi
g.483
eleven knowledges
Wylie: shes pa bcu gcig
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་བཅུ་གཅིག
Sanskrit: ekadaśa­jñāna
Knowledge of suffering, knowledge of origination, knowledge of cessation, knowledge of the path, knowledge of extinction, knowledge of nonproduction, knowledge of dharma, subsequent realization knowledge, conventional knowledge, knowledge of mastery, and knowledge in accord with sound.
g.484
eliminate
Wylie: spong bar byed
Tibetan: སྤོང་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: prahāṇaṃ kṛ
g.485
eliminating suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal sel ba
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: duḥkhapoha
g.486
elimination in which states of existence are not produced
Wylie: mi skye ba’i spong bas spong
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བའི་སྤོང་བས་སྤོང་།
Sanskrit: anutpattika­prahāṇa
g.487
emancipated
Wylie: rnam par grol ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vivikta
g.488
emerge
Wylie: nges par ’byung
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: niryā
g.489
emotionally upsetting thought
Wylie: ’khrug pa’i sems
Tibetan: འཁྲུག་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: kṣubhaṇacitta
g.490
empathy
Wylie: snying brtse ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་བརྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṛpā
g.491
employ controlling power
Wylie: byin gyis rlob
Tibetan: བྱིན་གྱིས་རློབ།
Sanskrit: adhiṣṭhā
g.492
emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatā
Emptiness denotes the ultimate nature of reality, the total absence of inherent existence and self-identity with respect to all phenomena. According to this view, all things and events are devoid of any independent, intrinsic reality that constitutes their essence. Nothing can be said to exist independent of the complex network of factors that gives rise to its origination, nor are phenomena independent of the cognitive processes and mental constructs that make up the conventional framework within which their identity and existence are posited. When all levels of conceptualization dissolve and when all forms of dichotomizing tendencies are quelled through deliberate meditative deconstruction of conceptual elaborations, the ultimate nature of reality will finally become manifest. It is the first of the three gateways to liberation.
g.493
emptiness of a basic nature
Wylie: rang bzhin gyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་གྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: prakṛti­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.494
emptiness of a nature from something else
Wylie: gzhan gyi dngos po stong pa nyid
Tibetan: གཞན་གྱི་དངོས་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: para­bhāva­śūnyatā
See “emptiness.”
g.495
emptiness of a nonexistent thing
Wylie: dngos po med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāva­śūnyatā
One of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.496
emptiness of all dharmas
Wylie: chos thams cad stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.497
emptiness of an intrinsic nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svabhāva­śūnyatā
One of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.498
emptiness of emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatāśūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses
g.499
emptiness of its own mark
Wylie: rang gi mtshan nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svalakṣaṇa­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.500
emptiness of no beginning and no end
Wylie: thog ma dang tha ma med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐོག་མ་དང་ཐ་མ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavarāgra­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.501
emptiness of nonrepudiation
Wylie: dor ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དོར་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavakāra­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.502
emptiness of not apprehending
Wylie: mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anupalambha­śūnyatā
One of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.503
emptiness of the compounded
Wylie: ’dus byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛta­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.504
emptiness of the uncompounded
Wylie: ’dus ma byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛta­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.505
emptiness of the unproduced
Wylie: skye ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anutpāda­śūnyatā
See “emptiness.”
g.506
emptiness of ultimate reality
Wylie: don dam pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: paramārtha­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.507
emptiness of what transcends limits
Wylie: mtha’ las ’das pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: atyanta­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.508
emptiness that is the nonexistence of an intrinsic nature
Wylie: dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāva­svabhāva­śūnyatā
One of the eighteen emptinesses.
g.509
emptiness that transcends limits
Wylie: mtha’ las ’das pa’i stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པའི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: atyanta­śūnyatā
See “emptiness.”
g.510
emptinesses
Wylie: stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatā
This could refer to any of a number of enumerations of emptinesses. “Seven emptinesses,” “fourteen emptinesses,” and “eighteen emptinesses” are listed in this sūtra.
g.511
enacted
Wylie: mngon par ’dus byas pa, mngon par ’du mdzad pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འདུས་བྱས་པ།, མངོན་པར་འདུ་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhisaṃskṛta
See “enactment.”
g.512
enactment
Wylie: mngon par ’du bgyi ba, mngon par ’du byed pa, mngon par ’du mdzad pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འདུ་བགྱི་བ།, མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ།, མངོན་པར་འདུ་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhisaṃskāra
Here, to practice an enactment means to get tied up in, or to settle down on, what is not ultimately real as real.
g.513
encircling mountain ranges
Wylie: khor yug
Tibetan: ཁོར་ཡུག
Sanskrit: cakravāḍa
g.514
enclose
Wylie: dog
Tibetan: དོག
Sanskrit: parittīkṛ RS
g.515
endless consciousness
Wylie: rnam shes mtha’ yas
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: vijñānānantya
See “station of endless consciousness.”
g.516
endless space
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: ākāśānantya
See “station of endless space.”
g.517
energetic
Wylie: brtson ’grus brtsams pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་བརྩམས་པ།
Sanskrit: ārabdhavīrya
g.518
energy
Wylie: gzi brjid
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: ojas
g.519
engage in thought construction
Wylie: spros par byed
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: prapañcaya
g.520
engaged
Wylie: brtson pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: yukta
g.521
engender
Wylie: skyed
Tibetan: སྐྱེད།
Sanskrit: utpādaya
g.522
enjoin
Wylie: sbyor
Tibetan: སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit: niyojaya
g.523
entertain the thought
Wylie: sems bskyed
Tibetan: སེམས་བསྐྱེད།
Sanskrit: cittotpadyate
g.524
entrance into all for which there are no letters
Wylie: yi ge med pa thams cad la ’jug, yi ge rnams med pa la ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་མེད་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འཇུག, ཡི་གེ་རྣམས་མེད་པ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvāna­kṣara­praveśā
g.525
eon conflagration
Wylie: sreg pa’i bskal pa
Tibetan: སྲེག་པའི་བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit: kalpoddhāha
This refers to the conflagration that is the twentieth of the twenty “sub-eons” making up the third (destruction eon) of the four subdivisions of a “great eon” (mahākalpa). The other three major divisions of a great eon are the eon of arising, of duration, and (after the eon of destruction) of voidness.
g.526
equal to the unequaled
Wylie: mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: asamasama
g.527
equanimity
Wylie: btang snyoms
Tibetan: བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit: upekṣā
The antidote to attachment and aversion; a mental state free from bias toward sentient beings and experiences. One of the thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening, one of the four practices of spiritual practitioners, and one of the four immeasurables (the others being loving-kindness or love, compassion, and sympathetic joy).
g.528
error of perception
Wylie: ’du shes phyin ci log tu gyur pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་ཏུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃjñā­viparyāsa
g.529
escape
Wylie: nges par ’byung ba, nges par ’byin pa, ’byung ba
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་བ།, ངེས་པར་འབྱིན་པ།, འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: niryāṇa, niḥsṛ
g.530
essential nature
Wylie: bdag nyid
Tibetan: བདག་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: ātmaka
g.531
establishment of dharmas
Wylie: chos gnas pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmasthititā
Like “dharma-constituent” (dharmadhātu) and “true nature of dharmas” (dharmatā), a name for the ultimate.
g.532
eternal
Wylie: rtag pa
Tibetan: རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit: śāśvata
g.533
everything perfect
Wylie: phun sum tshogs pa
Tibetan: ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sampat
g.534
examination of dharmas
Wylie: chos rnam par ’byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­pravicaya
g.535
excellent definitive teaching
Wylie: shin tu mthar gtugs pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐར་གཏུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: supariniṣṭhita
g.536
excellent explanation
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig legs pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sunirukta
g.537
excellent restraint
Wylie: legs par sdom pa
Tibetan: ལེགས་པར་སྡོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃlekha
g.538
exert
Wylie: rab tu ’dzin
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: pragrah
g.539
existence
Wylie: srid pa
Tibetan: སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit: bhava
Denotes the whole of existence, i.e., the five forms of life or the three planes of existence‍—all the possible kinds and places of karmic rebirth. It is also the tenth of the twelve links of dependent origination (often translated as “becoming”).
g.540
existent thing
Wylie: dngos po
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhāva
Also rendered as “real thing,” “something that exists,” and “real basis.”
g.541
exorcise
Wylie: gud du ’gro bar ’gyur
Tibetan: གུད་དུ་འགྲོ་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: apakrām
g.542
expanded text
Wylie: shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: vaipulya
One of the twelve branches of scripture or aspects of the Dharma. Literally meaning “vast” or “extensive,” it refers to a particular set of lengthy sūtras or collections of sūtras that provides a comprehensive overview of Buddhist thought and practice. This category includes individual works such as the Lalitavistara and Saddharma­puṇḍarīka and collections such as the Mahā­sannipāta, Buddhāvataṃsaka, Ratnakūta, and Prajñāpāramitā.
g.543
exposition
Wylie: gtan la bab par bstan pa, gtan la dbab par bstan pa’i sde
Tibetan: གཏན་ལ་བབ་པར་བསྟན་པ།, གཏན་ལ་དབབ་པར་བསྟན་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: upadeśa
As one of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma, it means the explanation of details in the teachings and is synonymous with Abhidharma.
g.544
expound an exposition
Wylie: gdags pa ’dogs pa
Tibetan: གདགས་པ་འདོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpayantaḥ prajñāpayanti
g.545
expressing the statement as an absolute
Wylie: yang dag pa’i tshig brjod pas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཚིག་བརྗོད་པས།
Sanskrit: bhūta­padābhidhānena
g.546
extent of the physical horrors
Wylie: lus kyi tshad
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་ཚད།
Sanskrit: ātma­bhāvasya pramāṇam
g.547
extinction of craving
Wylie: sred pa zad pa
Tibetan: སྲེད་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: tṛṣṇākṣaya
g.548
extraordinary right view
Wylie: ’jig rten las ’das pa’i yang dag pa’i lta ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པའི་ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: laukikī samyagdṛṣṭi
g.549
extremely isolated
Wylie: shin tu dben pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: atyanatayā viviktaḥ
See also n.­614.
g.550
extremely powerful
Wylie: gzi brjid che ba gzi brjid che ba
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེ་བ་གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: mahaujaska mahaujaska
g.551
extremely pure
Wylie: rnam par dag pa, shin tu rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།, ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: viśuddha, suviśuddha
g.552
extricate
Wylie: ’don
Tibetan: འདོན།
Sanskrit: uddhṛ
g.553
eye consciousness constituent
Wylie: mig gi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: cakṣuvijñānadhātu
One of the eighteen constituents.
g.554
eye contact sense field
Wylie: mig gi ’dus te reg pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: མིག་གི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: cakṣuḥ­saṃsparśāyatana
g.555
face to face
Wylie: mngon sum du
Tibetan: མངོན་སུམ་དུ།
Sanskrit: saṃmukham
g.556
faculty
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indriya
See “five faculties” when part of the thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening and “six faculties” as in the sense faculties. In some contexts indriya is rendered as “dominant.”
g.557
faculty of coming to understand what one does not understand
Wylie: mi shes pa kun shes par byed pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: མི་ཤེས་པ་ཀུན་ཤེས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anājñātam ājñāsyāmi indriya
g.558
faculty of having understood
Wylie: kun shes pa dang ldan pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཤེས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñātāvīndriya
g.559
faculty of understanding
Wylie: kun shes pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཤེས་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñendriya
g.560
faith
Wylie: dad pa
Tibetan: དད་པ།
Sanskrit: śraddhā
g.561
faith follower
Wylie: dad pa’i rjes su ’brang ba, dad pas rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: དད་པའི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།, དད་པས་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: śraddhānusārin
g.562
fake
Wylie: ltar bcos pa
Tibetan: ལྟར་བཅོས་པ།
Sanskrit: prativarṇaka
g.563
false imagination
Wylie: yongs su rtog pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: parikalpa
g.564
false imagination of the unreal
Wylie: yod pa ma yin par yongs su rtog pa
Tibetan: ཡོད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པར་ཡོངས་སུ་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: asatparikalpa
g.565
false projection
Wylie: rlom sems su byed
Tibetan: རློམ་སེམས་སུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: man
g.566
falsely project superiority over
Wylie: rlom sems su byed
Tibetan: རློམ་སེམས་སུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: avaman
g.567
falsify
Wylie: slu
Tibetan: སླུ།
Sanskrit: visaṃvad
g.568
farther shore
Wylie: pha rol
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ།
Sanskrit: para
g.569
farthest limit
Wylie: pha mtha’
Tibetan: ཕ་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: āram RS
g.570
fault finder
Wylie: klan ka tshol bar byed pa
Tibetan: ཀླན་ཀ་ཚོལ་བར་བྱེད་པ།
g.571
fault finding
Wylie: mtshang ’dru, klan ka tshol ba
Tibetan: མཚང་འདྲུ།, ཀླན་ཀ་ཚོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: bhaṇḍana, upālambha
g.572
favor
Wylie: dam pa
Tibetan: དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: vara
g.573
fearlessness
Wylie: mi ’jigs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vaiśāradya
When plural refers to the “four fearlessnesses.”
g.574
feeling
Wylie: tshor ba
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vedanā
The second of the five aggregates: pleasant, unpleasant, or neutral feelings as a result of sensory experiences.
g.575
feeling of delight
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: spṛhā
g.576
female
Wylie: bud med
Tibetan: བུད་མེད།
Sanskrit: strī
g.577
feminine word
Wylie: bud med kyi tshig bla dags
Tibetan: བུད་མེད་ཀྱི་ཚིག་བླ་དགས།
Sanskrit: strydhivacana
g.578
fetter
Wylie: kun tu sbyor ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃyojana
g.579
fetters that are associated with living in the desire realm
Wylie: ’dod pa na spyod pa’i ’thun pa’i kun tu sbyor ba rnams
Tibetan: འདོད་པ་ན་སྤྱོད་པའི་འཐུན་པའི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་རྣམས།
See “five fetters that are associated with the lower realms.”
g.580
few seconds
Wylie: thang cig
Tibetan: ཐང་ཅིག
Sanskrit: lava
g.581
fierce aspiration
Wylie: bsam pa drag ldan
Tibetan: བསམ་པ་དྲག་ལྡན།
g.582
final ally
Wylie: dpung gnyen
Tibetan: དཔུང་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: parāyaṇa
g.583
final limit of reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: bhūtakoṭi
This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.Also translated as “very limit of reality.”
g.584
find fault
Wylie: bka’ gcog
Tibetan: བཀའ་གཅོག
Sanskrit: upālabh, upārambh
g.585
finds it hard to get drowsy and fall asleep
Wylie: rmugs pa dang gnyid chung ba
Tibetan: རྨུགས་པ་དང་གཉིད་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit: alpastyāna­middha
g.586
firmly planted
Wylie: nye bar brtan
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་བརྟན།
Sanskrit: upastabdha
g.587
five aggregates
Wylie: phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañca­skandha
See “aggregate”.
g.588
five appropriating aggregates
Wylie: nye bar len pa’i phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པའི་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcopādāna­skandha
This refers to the five aggregates as the bases upon which a nonexistent self is mistakenly projected. That is, they are the basis of “appropriation” (upādāna) insofar as all grasping arises on the basis of the aggregates.
g.589
five clairvoyances
Wylie: mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcābhijña
See “clairvoyances.”
g.590
five eyes
Wylie: mig lnga
Tibetan: མིག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañca­cakṣu
The flesh eye, divine eye, wisdom eye, dharma eye, and buddha eye.
g.591
five faculties
Wylie: dbang po lnga
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcendriya
The faculties of faith, perseverance, mindfulness, meditative stabilization, and wisdom. They are the same as the five powers, only at a lesser stage of development.
g.592
five fetters that are associated with the lower realms
Wylie: tha ma’i cha dang ’thun pa’i kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan: ཐ་མའི་ཆ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
The five fetters associated with the lower realms comprise desire, hatred, inertia due to wrong views, attachment to moral and ascetic supremacy, and hesitation.
g.593
five fetters that are associated with the upper realms
Wylie: gong ma’i cha dang ’thun pa’i kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan: གོང་མའི་ཆ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
The five fetters associated with the upper realms comprise attachment to the form realm, attachment to the formless realm, ignorance, pride, and mental agitation.
g.594
five forms of life
Wylie: ’gro ba lnga, ’gro ba lnga po, ’gro ba rnam pa lnga
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།, འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ་པོ།, འགྲོ་བ་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།
These comprise the gods and humans in the higher realms within saṃsāra, plus the animals, ghosts, and denizens of hell in the lower realms.
g.595
five inexpiable sins
Wylie: mtshams med pa lnga ba, mtshams ma mchis pa lnga po
Tibetan: མཚམས་མེད་པ་ལྔ་བ།, མཚམས་མ་མཆིས་པ་ལྔ་པོ།
Sanskrit: pañcānantarya
Acts for which one will be reborn in hell immediately after death, without any intervening stages; they are killing a worthy one, killing one’s father, killing one’s mother, causing a schism in the saṅgha, and maliciously drawing blood from a tathāgata.
g.596
five obscurations
Wylie: sgrib pa lnga
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcanivaraṇa
Five impediments to meditation (bsam gtan, dhyāna): sensory desire (’dod pa la ’dun pa, kāmacchanda), ill will (gnod sems, vyāpāda), drowsiness and torpor (rmugs pa dang gnyid, styānamiddha), agitation and regret (rgod pa dang ’gyod pa, auddhatya­kaukṛtya), and doubt (the tshom, vicikitsā).
g.597
five perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa lnga
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcapāramitā
The six perfections excluding the perfection of wisdom: giving, morality, patience, perseverance or effort, and concentration.
g.598
five powers
Wylie: stobs lnga
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcabala
Faith, perseverance, mindfulness, meditative stabilization, and wisdom. These are among the thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening. Although the same as the five faculties, they are termed “powers” due to their greater strength. See also “ten powers.”
g.599
five sorts of sense object
Wylie: ’dod pa’i yon tan lnga
Tibetan: འདོད་པའི་ཡོན་ཏན་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañca kāmaguṇāḥ
Desirable objects of the five senses: form, sound, smell, taste, and touch.
g.600
five undiminished clairvoyances
Wylie: ma nyams pa’i mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan: མ་ཉམས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
See “clairvoyances.”
g.601
five-point training
Wylie: bslab pa’i gzhi lnga
Tibetan: བསླབ་པའི་གཞི་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcan śikṣāpada
Refers to the five fundamental precepts of abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and consuming intoxicants.
g.602
fixed nature of dharmas
Wylie: chos nyid skyon med pa nyid, chos skyon med pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ་ཉིད།, ཆོས་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā­niyāmatā, dharma­niyāmatā
g.603
flawlessness
Wylie: skyon med pa
Tibetan: སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nyāma
This word is also understood as equivalent to niyāma (“certain”).
g.604
flawlessness that is a perfect state
Wylie: yang dag pa’i skyon med pa, yang dag pa nyid skyon med pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།, ཡང་དག་པ་ཉིད་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaktvanyāma
See also n.­380.
g.605
flax flower
Wylie: zar ma’i me tog
Tibetan: ཟར་མའི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: umaka­puṣpa
g.606
flesh eye
Wylie: sha’i mig
Tibetan: ཤའི་མིག
Sanskrit: māṃsa­cakṣu
One of the five eyes.
g.607
flesh-eating demon
Wylie: srin po
Tibetan: སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit: rākṣasa
A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.
g.608
focus on
Wylie: dmigs
Tibetan: དམིགས།
Sanskrit: ālambh
dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.
g.609
focus on
Wylie: lhur len pa
Tibetan: ལྷུར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: guruko bhavati
g.610
focused
Wylie: sems rtse gcig pa
Tibetan: སེམས་རྩེ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekāgra­citta
g.611
follow after
Wylie: phyi bzhin ’brang
Tibetan: ཕྱི་བཞིན་འབྲང་།
Sanskrit: anubandh
g.612
for making manifest
Wylie: mngon sum du byed par ’gyur
Tibetan: མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱེད་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: sākṣātkṛyāyai
g.613
for whom the path of speech has ended
Wylie: tshig gi lam chad pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་གི་ལམ་ཆད་པ།
g.614
for whom there is no more training
Wylie: mi slob pa
Tibetan: མི་སློབ་པ།
Sanskrit: aśaikṣa
g.615
forbearance
Wylie: bzod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣānti
A term meaning acceptance, forbearance, or patience. As the third of the six perfections, patience is classified into three kinds: the capacity to tolerate abuse from sentient beings, to tolerate the hardships of the path to buddhahood, and to tolerate the profound nature of reality. As a term referring to a bodhisattva’s realization, dharmakṣānti (chos la bzod pa) can refer to the ways one becomes “receptive” to the nature of Dharma, and it can be an abbreviation of anutpattikadharmakṣānti, “forbearance for the unborn nature, or nonproduction, of dharmas.”Also rendered here as “patience.”
g.616
forbearance for nonproduction
Wylie: mi skye bar bzod pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བར་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpāda­kṣānti
The bodhisattvas’ realization that all phenomena are unproduced and empty. It sustains them on the difficult path of benefiting all beings so that they do not succumb to the goal of personal liberation. Different sources link this realization to the first or eighth bodhisattva level (bhūmi).
g.617
forbearance for the nonproduction of dharmas
Wylie: mi skye ba’i chos la bzod pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བའི་ཆོས་ལ་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpattika­dharma­kṣānti
The bodhisattvas’ realization that all phenomena are unproduced and empty. It sustains them on the difficult path of benefiting all beings so that they do not succumb to the goal of personal liberation. Different sources link this realization to the first or eighth bodhisattva level (bhūmi).
g.618
form
Wylie: gzugs
Tibetan: གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: rūpa
The first of the five aggregates: the subtle and coarse forms derived from the primary material elements.
g.619
form a notion
Wylie: kun tu shes
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: saṃjñā
g.620
form an idea of
Wylie: rtog par byed
Tibetan: རྟོག་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: parāmṛṣ
g.621
form body
Wylie: gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: rūpa­kāya
The visible form of a buddha that is perceived by other beings, in contrast to his “dharma body,” the dharmakāya, which is the eternal, imperceptible realization of a buddha.
g.622
form of life in suffering existence
Wylie: srid par ’gro ba
Tibetan: སྲིད་པར་འགྲོ་བ།
g.623
form realm
Wylie: gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rūpa­dhātu
One of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology, it is characterized by subtle materiality. Here beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification. It consists of seventeen heavens structured according to the four concentrations of the form realm (rūpāvacaradhyāna), the highest five of which are collectively called “pure abodes” (śuddhāvāsa). The form realm is located above the desire realm (kāmadhātu) and below the formless realm (ārūpya­dhātu).
g.624
formless
Wylie: gzugs med pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: arūpin
g.625
formless absorption
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: ārūpya­samāpatti
See “four formless absorptions.”
g.626
formless realm
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ārūpya­dhātu
The highest and subtlest of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology. Here beings are no longer bound by materiality and enjoy a purely mental state of absorption. It is divided in four levels according to each of the four formless concentrations (ārūpyāvacaradhyāna), namely, the Sphere of Infinite Space (ākāśānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Infinite Consciousness (vijñānānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Nothingness (a­kiñ­canyāyatana), and the Sphere of Neither Perception nor Non-perception (naiva­saṃjñā­nāsaṃjñāyatana). The formless realm is located above the other two realms of saṃsāra, the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the desire realm (kāmadhātu).
g.627
formulate a view
Wylie: lta ba bskyed
Tibetan: ལྟ་བ་བསྐྱེད།
Sanskrit: dṛṣtim utpādaya
g.628
forsake what is right and engage in actions that are wrong
Wylie: chos btang nas ni chos min bya ba spyod ’gyur ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་བཏང་ནས་ནི་ཆོས་མིན་བྱ་བ་སྤྱོད་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: choritva dharma kāriṣyanti adharma­karyaṃ
g.629
Fortunate Age
Wylie: bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhadrakalpa
The name of the current eon, so-called because one thousand buddhas are prophesied to appear during this time.
g.630
foundation
Wylie: gnas
Tibetan: གནས།
Sanskrit: pratiṣṭhāna
g.631
four applications of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsmṛtyupasthāna
The application of mindfulness to the body, the application of mindfulness to feeling, the application of mindfulness to mind, and the application of mindfulness to dharmas.
g.632
four appropriations
Wylie: len pa bzhi
Tibetan: ལེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturupādāna
Four negative appropriations: that of desire, that of view, that of the view of the self, and that of moral supremacy.
g.633
four birthplaces of being
Wylie: skye gnas bzhi
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་གནས་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturyoni
The fourfold classification of ways in which beings are born: (1) birth from an egg, (2) birth from a womb, (3) birth from warmth and moisture, and (4) miraculous birth.
g.634
four bonds
Wylie: sbyor ba bzhi
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturyoga
Most likely these refer to (1) desire (’dod pa), (2) existence (srid pa), (3) view(s) (lta ba), and (4) ignorance (ma rig pa).
g.635
four concentrations
Wylie: bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdhyāna
The four progressive levels of concentration of the form realm that culminate in pure one-pointedness of mind and are the basis for developing insight. These are part of the nine serial absorptions. The formulas given at 16.­54 are the definitions or descriptions for each of the four.
g.636
four continents
Wylie: gling bzhi
Tibetan: གླིང་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdvīpa
According to traditional Buddhist cosmology, our universe consists of a central mountain, known as Mount Meru or Sumeru, surrounded by four island continents (dvīpa), one in each of the four cardinal directions. The Abhidharmakośa explains that each of these island continents has a specific shape and is flanked by two smaller subcontinents of similar shape. To the south of Mount Meru is Jambudvīpa, corresponding either to the Indian subcontinent itself or to the known world. It is triangular in shape, and at its center is the place where the buddhas attain awakening. The humans who inhabit Jambudvīpa have a lifespan of one hundred years. To the east is Videha, a semicircular continent inhabited by humans who have a lifespan of two hundred fifty years and are twice as tall as the humans who inhabit Jambudvīpa. To the north is Uttarakuru, a square continent whose inhabitants have a lifespan of a thousand years. To the west is Godānīya, circular in shape, where the lifespan is five hundred years.
g.637
four detailed and thorough knowledges
Wylie: so so yang dag par rig pa bzhi
Tibetan: སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥpratisaṃvid
The knowledge of the meaning, the knowledge of phenomena, the knowledge of interpretation, and the knowledge of eloquence.
g.638
four errors
Wylie: phyin ci log bzhi
Tibetan: ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturviparyāsa
Taking what is impermanent to be permanent, what is suffering to be happiness, what is unclean to be clean, and what is not self to be a self.
g.639
four fearlessnesses
Wylie: mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan: མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvaiśāradya
Fearlessness in declaring that one has (1) awakened, (2) ceased all illusions, (3) taught the obstacles to awakening, and (4) shown the way to liberation.
g.640
four floods
Wylie: chu bo bzhi
Tibetan: ཆུ་བོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturogha
The four rivers of existence, craving, ignorance, and wrong view.
g.641
four formless absorptions
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturārūpya­samāpatti
These comprise the absorptions of (1) the station of endless space, (2) the station of endless consciousness, (3) the station of the nothing-at-all absorption, and (4) the station of neither perception nor nonperception.
g.642
four great elements
Wylie: ’byung ba chen po bzhi
Tibetan: འབྱུང་བ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturmahābhūta
The four “main” or “great” outer elements of earth, water, fire, and air.
g.643
four immeasurables
Wylie: tshad med pa bzhi
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catvāryapramāṇāni
The four positive qualities of loving-kindness, compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity, which may be radiated towards oneself and then immeasurable sentient beings.
g.644
four knots
Wylie: mdud pa bzhi
Tibetan: མདུད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturgranthā
The four knots comprise covetousness, malice, moral supremacy, and ascetic supremacy.
g.645
four legs of miraculous power
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturṛddhipāda
The four are desire-to-do (or yearning) (chanda), perseverance (vīrya), concentrated mind (citta), and examination (mīmāṃsā).
g.646
Four Mahārājas
Wylie: rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturmahā­rāja
Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahā­rājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).
g.647
four noble truths
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturāryasatya
The four truths that the Buddha transmitted in his first teaching: (1) suffering, (2) the origin of suffering, (3) the cessation of suffering, and (4) the path to the cessation of suffering.
g.648
four pairs of persons and eight individual persons
Wylie: skyes bu zung bzhi dang / skyes bu gang zag ya brgyad po
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཟུང་བཞི་དང ། སྐྱེས་བུ་གང་ཟག་ཡ་བརྒྱད་པོ།
Sanskrit: catvāraḥ puruṣa­yugāḥ aṣṭau mahā­puruṣa­pudgalāḥ
g.649
four practices of spiritual practitioners
Wylie: tshangs pa’i gnas pa bzhi
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་གནས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturbrahmavihāra
These are love, compassion, joy, and equanimity.
g.650
four presentations
Wylie: rnam par dgod pa bzhi
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དགོད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvyavasthānatā
The four presentations are (1) a presentation of doctrine representations (the divisions of the Buddha’s teachings), (2) a presentation of truth representations (one, two, four, up to an infinite number of truths), (3) a presentation of reasoning (rig/rigs pa, yukti) representations (from contingency, function, logical proof, and the nature of things), and (4) a presentation of vehicles (three). Pāli vavatthāna; Ñāṇamoli 1976 “definition”; Thurman 2004 “classification.”
g.651
four retinues
Wylie: ’khor bzhi po
Tibetan: འཁོར་བཞི་པོ།
Sanskrit: catasraḥ parṣadaḥ, catuḥpariṣad
These are monks, nuns, and male and female followers of the householder code of conduct.
g.652
four right efforts
Wylie: yang dag pa’i spong ba bzhi
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་སྤོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsamyakprahāṇa
Four types of effort consisting in abandoning existing negative mind states, abandoning the production of such states, giving rise to virtuous mind states that are not yet produced, and letting those states continue.
g.653
four truths
Wylie: bden pa bzhi
Tibetan: བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsatya
See “four noble truths.”
g.654
four ways of gathering a retinue
Wylie: bsdu ba’i dngos po bzhi
Tibetan: བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsaṃgrahavastu
Giving gifts, kind words, beneficial actions, and consistency between words and deeds.
g.655
four-continent world system
Wylie: gling bzhi pa’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: གླིང་བཞི་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
A world system formed by four great island continents. In this world system, a central mountain, Sumeru, is surrounded in the four cardinal directions by Jambudvīpa (our world) in the south, Godānīya in the west, Uttarakuru in the north, and Pūrvavideha in the east.
g.656
fourteen emptinesses
Wylie: stong pa nyid bcu bzhi po
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅུ་བཞི་པོ།
Sanskrit: catur­daśa­śūnyatā
These comprise the first fourteen of the eighteen emptinesses, which are enumerated at 2.­18: (1) inner emptiness, (2) outer emptiness, (3) inner and outer emptiness, (4) the emptiness of emptiness, (5) great emptiness, (6) the emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) the emptiness of the compounded, (8) the emptiness of the uncompounded, (9) the emptiness of what transcends limits, (10) the emptiness of no beginning and no end, (11) the emptiness of nonrepudiation, (12) the emptiness of a basic nature, (13) the emptiness of all dharmas, and (14) the emptiness of its own mark.
g.657
fraud
Wylie: ya ma brla
Tibetan: ཡ་མ་བརླ།
Sanskrit: vāśita
g.658
free from appropriation
Wylie: len pa med pa
Tibetan: ལེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anupādāna, nirupādāna
g.659
free from thought construction
Wylie: spros pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: niṣprapañca
g.660
free up
Wylie: yangs
Tibetan: ཡངས།
Sanskrit: vipulīkṛ RS
g.661
freed from movement
Wylie: bral bar g.yo ba
Tibetan: བྲལ་བར་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: nimiñjita
g.662
friend
Wylie: grogs po, mdza’ bshes
Tibetan: གྲོགས་པོ།, མཛའ་བཤེས།
Sanskrit: mārṣa, mitra
g.663
friends of the dark
Wylie: nag po’i rtsa lag
Tibetan: ནག་པོའི་རྩ་ལག
Sanskrit: kṛṣṇabandu
g.664
from the perspective of cause
Wylie: rgyu’i rnam par
Tibetan: རྒྱུའི་རྣམ་པར།
Sanskrit: hetutaḥ
g.665
from the perspective of place
Wylie: gnas kyi rnam par
Tibetan: གནས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར།
Sanskrit: sthānaśaḥ
g.666
fruit of a jackfruit tree
Wylie: shing pa na sa’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: ཤིང་པ་ན་སའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: panasaphala
g.667
fruit of a mango tree
Wylie: shing a mra’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: ཤིང་ཨ་མྲའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: amraphala
g.668
frustrated
Wylie: mi ’grub pa dang ngal ba’i skal pa can
Tibetan: མི་འགྲུབ་པ་དང་ངལ་བའི་སྐལ་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: vighatasya bhāgin
g.669
full of holes
Wylie: shin tu gtse
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་གཙེ།
Sanskrit: atyantacchidra
g.670
fully awakened
Wylie: mngon par rdzogs par sangs rgyas
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པར་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: abhisambuddha
g.671
fully grasped
Wylie: legs par zin pa
Tibetan: ལེགས་པར་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit: suparigṛhīta
g.672
fully rounded
Wylie: tshul dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛttasaṃpanna
g.673
furnished with the best of all aspects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad kyi mchog dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākara­varopetā
g.674
gaganakalpa
Wylie: nam mkha’ dang mtshungs pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་དང་མཚུངས་པ།
Sanskrit: gaganakalpa
Lit. “sky-like.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.675
gaganākalpa
Wylie: nam mkha’ rtog pa med pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་རྟོག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: gaganākalpa
Lit. “inconceivable sky.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.676
gaganāparyata
Wylie: nam mkha’ mu med pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: gaganāparyata
Lit. “limitless sky.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.677
gain
Wylie: thob
Tibetan: ཐོབ།
Sanskrit: anuprāp
g.678
gambhīra­dharma­prabhā­kara
Wylie: chos zab mo’i ’od byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཟབ་མོའི་འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: gambhīra­dharma­prabhā­kara
Lit. “illuminator of the deep dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.679
gandharva
Wylie: dri za
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit: gandharva
A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”
g.680
Gandhavatī
Wylie: spos ldan
Tibetan: སྤོས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: gandhavatī
Lit. “Fragrant.” The city in which the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata resides.
g.681
Gaṅgā River
Wylie: gang gA’i klung
Tibetan: གང་གཱའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit: gaṅgā
The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.
g.682
Gaṅgadevī
Wylie: gang gA’i lha mo
Tibetan: གང་གཱའི་ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit: gaṅgadevī, gaṅgadevā
The name of a nun who commits to the practice of the six perfections and worships the Buddha with golden-colored flowers. The Buddha predicts her future awakening as the buddha Suvarṇapuṣpa, during the eon called Tārakopama.
g.683
garbage worker
Wylie: g.yung po
Tibetan: གཡུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: pukkaśa
g.684
garden
Wylie: skyed mos tshal
Tibetan: སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit: udyāna
g.685
garuḍa
Wylie: nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit: garuḍa
In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.
g.686
gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣa­mukha
A set of three points associated with the nature of phenomena that when contemplated and integrated lead to liberation. The three are emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness.
g.687
gauge
Wylie: tshad
Tibetan: ཚད།
Sanskrit: pramāṇa
g.688
geese
Wylie: ngang ngur
Tibetan: ངང་ངུར།
Sanskrit: haṃsa
g.689
generate the intention
Wylie: sems skyed
Tibetan: སེམས་སྐྱེད།
Sanskrit: cittam utpādaya
g.690
get close to
Wylie: nye bar gyur
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་གྱུར།
Sanskrit: āsannībhū
g.691
get into trouble
Wylie: nyon mongs par ’gyur
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: vyasanam āpad
g.692
ghost
Wylie: yi dwags
Tibetan: ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit: preta
One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.
g.693
giver
Wylie: sbyin pa po
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dāyaka
g.694
giving
Wylie: sbyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dāna, dakṣiṇā
The first of the six perfections.
g.695
giving gifts
Wylie: sbyin pa sbyin pa, sbyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པ་སྦྱིན་པ།, སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dāna
g.696
giving up
Wylie: gtang ba, gtong ba
Tibetan: གཏང་བ།, གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit: utsarjana, avasṛjanatā
g.697
glossy
Wylie: mdog snum
Tibetan: མདོག་སྣུམ།
Sanskrit: snigda
g.698
go blank
Wylie: yid rtul
Tibetan: ཡིད་རྟུལ།
Sanskrit: dhanvāya, dhandhāya
g.699
go forth
Wylie: mngon par byung
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit: abhiniṣkrama
g.700
go forth
Wylie: nges par ’byung
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: niryā
g.701
go forth to homelessness
Wylie: rab tu ’byung, khyim nas mngon par byung
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་འབྱུང་།, ཁྱིམ་ནས་མངོན་པར་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit: pra √vṛt, pravrajyā
The Sanskrit pravrajyā literally means “going forth,” with the sense of leaving the life of a householder and embracing the life of a renunciant. When the term is applied more technically, it refers to the act of becoming a male novice (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or female novice (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma), this being a first stage leading to full ordination.
g.702
go into detail
Wylie: rnam par dbye, rnam par ’byed
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དབྱེ།, རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད།
Sanskrit: vibhajya
g.703
god
Wylie: lha, lha’i bu
Tibetan: ལྷ།, ལྷའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: deva
In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.
g.704
Godānīya
Wylie: ba glang spyod
Tibetan: བ་གླང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: godānīya
One of the four main continents that surround Sumeru, the central mountain in classical Buddhist cosmology. It is the western continent, characterized as “rich in the resources of cattle,” thus its Tibetan name “using cattle.” It is circular in shape, measuring about 7,500 yojanas in circumference, and is flanked by two subsidiary continents. Humans who live there are very tall, about 24 feet (7.3 meters) on average, and live for 500 years. It is known by the names Godānīya, Aparāntaka, Aparagodānīya, or Aparagoyāna.
g.705
goddess
Wylie: lha’i bu mo
Tibetan: ལྷའི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit: devakanyā
A female god, literally “daughter of a god.” Sometimes also translated “celestial maiden.”
g.706
good Dharma
Wylie: dam pa’i chos
Tibetan: དམ་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: saddharma
The buddhadharma, or the Buddha’s teachings.
g.707
good for me
Wylie: bdag gi don
Tibetan: བདག་གི་དོན།
Sanskrit: me ’rthaḥ
g.708
good form of life
Wylie: bde ’gro
Tibetan: བདེ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit: sugata
One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).
g.709
good quality
Wylie: yon tan
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན།
Sanskrit: guṇa
g.710
Gotra level
Wylie: rigs kyi sa
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: gotrabhūmi
Lit. “Lineage level.” The second of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”
g.711
grasping
Wylie: ’dzin pa
Tibetan: འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: grahaṇa
g.712
grasping at nonexistence
Wylie: med pa la ’dzin pa
Tibetan: མེད་པ་ལ་འཛིན་པ།
g.713
grasping rules and rituals as absolute
Wylie: tshul khrims dang brtul zhugs mchog tu ’dzin
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་དང་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: śīla­vrata­parāmarśa
g.714
Gṛdhrakūṭa Hill
Wylie: bya rgod kyi phung po’i ri
Tibetan: བྱ་རྒོད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོའི་རི།
Sanskrit: gṛdhra­kūṭa­parvata
The Gṛdhra­kūṭa, literally Vulture Peak, was a hill located in the kingdom of Magadha, in the vicinity of the ancient city of Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir, in the state of Bihar, India), where the Buddha bestowed many sūtras, especially the Great Vehicle teachings, such as the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras. It continues to be a sacred pilgrimage site for Buddhists to this day.
g.715
great being
Wylie: sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan: སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāsattva
The term can be understood to mean “great courageous one” or "great hero,” or (from the Sanskrit) simply “great being,” and is almost always found as an epithet of “bodhisattva.” The qualification “great” in this term, according to the majority of canonical definitions, focuses on the generic greatness common to all bodhisattvas, i.e., the greatness implicit in the bodhisattva vow itself in terms of outlook, aspiration, number of beings to be benefited, potential or eventual accomplishments, and so forth. In this sense the mahā- (“great”) is close in its connotations to the mahā- in “Mahāyāna.” While individual bodhisattvas described as mahāsattva may in many cases also be “great” in terms of their level of realization, this is largely coincidental, and in the canonical texts the epithet is not restricted to bodhisattvas at any particular point in their career. Indeed, in a few cases even bodhisattvas whose path has taken a wrong direction are still described as bodhisattva mahāsattva.Later commentarial writings do nevertheless define the term‍—variably‍—in terms of bodhisattvas having attained a particular level (bhūmi) or realization. The most common qualifying criteria mentioned are attaining the path of seeing, attaining irreversibility (according to its various definitions), or attaining the seventh bhūmi.
g.716
great billionfold world system
Wylie: stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: tri­sahasra­mahā­sāhasra­loka­dhātu
The largest universe described in Buddhist cosmology. This term, in Abhidharma cosmology, refers to 1,000³ world systems, i.e., 1,000 “dichiliocosms” or “two thousand great thousand world realms” (dvi­sāhasra­mahā­sāhasra­lokadhātu), which are in turn made up of 1,000 first-order world systems, each with its own Mount Sumeru, continents, sun and moon, etc.
g.717
great bull elephants
Wylie: glang po chen po
Tibetan: གླང་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahānāga
g.718
great emptiness
Wylie: chen po stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆེན་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: mahāśūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.719
great encircling mountain ranges
Wylie: khor yug chen po
Tibetan: ཁོར་ཡུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahācakravāḍa
g.720
great learning
Wylie: mang du thos
Tibetan: མང་དུ་ཐོས།
Sanskrit: bāhuśrutya
g.721
great person
Wylie: skyes bu chen po
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāpuruṣa
Someone who will become a buddha or a cakravartin, whose bodies are adorned with the thirty-two major marks and the eighty minor signs.
g.722
great śrāvaka
Wylie: nyan thos chen po
Tibetan: ཉན་ཐོས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāśrāvaka
A term referring to the Buddha Śākyamuni’s closest and most important śrāvaka disciples.
g.723
great Sumeru
Wylie: ri rab chen po
Tibetan: རི་རབ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāmeru
g.724
Great Vehicle
Wylie: theg pa chen po
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāyāna
When the Buddhist teachings are classified according to their power to lead beings to an awakened state, a distinction is made between the teachings of the Lesser Vehicle (Hīnayāna), which emphasizes the individual’s own freedom from cyclic existence as the primary motivation and goal, and those of the Great Vehicle (Mahāyāna), which emphasizes altruism and has the liberation of all sentient beings as the principal objective. As the term “Great Vehicle” implies, the path followed by bodhisattvas is analogous to a large carriage that can transport a vast number of people to liberation, as compared to a smaller vehicle for the individual practitioner.
g.725
greed
Wylie: ’dod chags
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: rāga, lobha
One of the three poisons (triviṣa), together with hatred and confusion, that bind beings to cyclic existence.
g.726
greediness
Wylie: brkam pa
Tibetan: བརྐམ་པ།
Sanskrit: gṛddhi
g.727
greedy thought
Wylie: ’dod chags kyi sems, ’dod chags dang bcas pa’i sems
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་ཀྱི་སེམས།, འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བཅས་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: rāgacitta, sarāgacitta
g.728
gregarious
Wylie: ’khor dang lhan cig tu spyod pa
Tibetan: འཁོར་དང་ལྷན་ཅིག་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: parṣadavacara
g.729
gross mental excitement
Wylie: rgod pa
Tibetan: རྒོད་པ།
Sanskrit: auddhatya
g.730
Guhyagupta
Wylie: phug sbas
Tibetan: ཕུག་སྦས།
Sanskrit: guhyagupta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.731
guide
Wylie: dmigs bu
Tibetan: དམིགས་བུ།
Sanskrit: parināyaka
g.732
guru
Wylie: bla ma
Tibetan: བླ་མ།
Sanskrit: guru
A spiritual teacher, in particular one with whom one has a personal teacher–student relationship.
g.733
habitual dualistic idea
Wylie: gnyis kun tu ’byung ba
Tibetan: གཉིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: dvaya­samudācāra
g.734
habitually clean
Wylie: gtsang sbra spyod pa, gtsang sbra byas pa
Tibetan: གཙང་སྦྲ་སྤྱོད་པ།, གཙང་སྦྲ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: caukṣa­samudācāro
g.735
half a minute
Wylie: skad cig
Tibetan: སྐད་ཅིག
Sanskrit: kṣaṇa
g.736
half-month
Wylie: zla ba phyed
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་ཕྱེད།
Sanskrit: ardhamāsa
g.737
handsome
Wylie: mdzes pa
Tibetan: མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: prāsādika, cāru
g.738
harbor a bad proclivity
Wylie: bag la nyal bas gnas par byed
Tibetan: བག་ལ་ཉལ་བས་གནས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: anuśaya­baddho viharati RS
g.739
has no token
Wylie: rtags ma mchis
Tibetan: རྟགས་མ་མཆིས།
Sanskrit: aliṅga
g.740
hasta
Wylie: khru
Tibetan: ཁྲུ།
Sanskrit: hasta
A measure of length. One unit is the distance from the elbow to the tips of the fingers, about eighteen inches.
g.741
hatred
Wylie: zhe sdang
Tibetan: ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit: dveṣa, doṣa
One of the three poisons (triviṣa), together with greed and confusion, that bind beings to cyclic existence.
g.742
haughtiness
Wylie: khengs
Tibetan: ཁེངས།
Sanskrit: stambha
g.743
have a bright nature
Wylie: dkar po’i rang bzhin can
Tibetan: དཀར་པོའི་རང་བཞིན་ཅན།
Sanskrit: śuklāṃśika RS
g.744
have incomplete faculties
Wylie: dbang po ma tshang ba
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་མ་ཚང་བ།
Sanskrit: indriya­vikala
g.745
have little autonomy
Wylie: dbang thang chung ba
Tibetan: དབང་ཐང་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit: alpabhāga, alpeśa
g.746
have not been produced
Wylie: ma skyes
Tibetan: མ་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: ajāta
g.747
having emerged
Wylie: langs nas, ldang
Tibetan: ལངས་ནས།, ལྡང་།
Sanskrit: vyutthāya
g.748
having found all the necessary conditions
Wylie: tshogs pa rnyed pas
Tibetan: ཚོགས་པ་རྙེད་པས།
Sanskrit: samāgrīm āsādya
g.749
having passed beyond
Wylie: shin tu ’das nas, rab ’das nas, ’das par byas nas, ’das nas
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་འདས་ནས།, རབ་འདས་ནས།, འདས་པར་བྱས་ནས།, འདས་ནས།
Sanskrit: atikramya
g.750
head of the gods
Wylie: lha’i dbang po
Tibetan: ལྷའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: devānām indriya, devendra
A common epithet of Śatakratu, also known as Indra.
g.751
hearts well freed by right understanding
Wylie: yang dag pa’i shes pas sems shin tu rnam par grol ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཤེས་པས་སེམས་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagājñāsu­vimukta­citta
g.752
heavenly world
Wylie: mtho ris kyi ’jig rten
Tibetan: མཐོ་རིས་ཀྱི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: svarga­loka
g.753
hell dwelling
Wylie: sems can dmyal ba thams cad kyi gnas
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་དམྱལ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་གནས།
Sanskrit: nairayika­bhavana
g.754
heroic
Wylie: rtul phod pa
Tibetan: རྟུལ་ཕོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vīra
g.755
hindrance
Wylie: bar du gcod pa, bar chad
Tibetan: བར་དུ་གཅོད་པ།, བར་ཆད།
Sanskrit: āvaraṇa, antarāya, paripantha
g.756
Hiraṇyagarbha
Wylie: dbyig gi snying po
Tibetan: དབྱིག་གི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: hiraṇyagarbha
Lit. “Born from a Golden [Egg]” or “Born from Gold.” An epithet of Brahmā.
g.757
hold as a support
Wylie: lhag par dmigs pa
Tibetan: ལྷག་པར་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: adhyālamb
g.758
hold right views
Wylie: yang dag pa’i lta ba can, yang dag par lta ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ་བ་ཅན།, ཡང་དག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagdṛṣṭi
g.759
hold wrong views
Wylie: log par lta ba can, log par lta ba
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ་ཅན།, ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: mithyādṛṣṭi
g.760
holding the highest office
Wylie: mnga’ dbang chen po brnyes pa
Tibetan: མངའ་དབང་ཆེན་པོ་བརྙེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ādhipatya­pratilambha
g.761
hot season
Wylie: tsha ba’i dus la bab pa, sos ka
Tibetan: ཚ་བའི་དུས་ལ་བབ་པ།, སོས་ཀ
Sanskrit: uṣṇakāla, grīṣma
g.762
householder
Wylie: khyim pa, khyim na gnas pa
Tibetan: ཁྱིམ་པ།, ཁྱིམ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: gṛhin
g.763
human form
Wylie: mir gyur pa
Tibetan: མིར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: manuṣyabhūta
g.764
human world
Wylie: mi’i ’jig rten
Tibetan: མིའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: manuṣyaloka
g.765
hundred thousand world systems
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi khams ’bum phrag
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་འབུམ་ཕྲག
Sanskrit: śata­sāhasra­loka­dhātu
g.766
hundred thousandth one hundred millionth part
Wylie: bye ba phrag ’bum gyi cha
Tibetan: བྱེ་བ་ཕྲག་འབུམ་གྱི་ཆ།
Sanskrit: koṭī­śata­sahasratamī kalā
g.767
idea of beauty
Wylie: sdug pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: སྡུག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: śubhasaṃjñā
g.768
idea of happiness
Wylie: bde ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: བདེ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sukhasaṃjñā
g.769
idea of impermanence
Wylie: mi rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: མི་རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anityasaṃjñā
g.770
ignorance
Wylie: ma rig pa
Tibetan: མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: avidyā
g.771
ignorant persons
Wylie: mi blun po, skyes bu blun po
Tibetan: མི་བླུན་པོ།, སྐྱེས་བུ་བླུན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mohapuruṣa
g.772
illumination of the wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi snang ba
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: prajñāloka
g.773
imaginary form
Wylie: kun brtags pa’i gzugs
Tibetan: ཀུན་བརྟགས་པའི་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: parikalpita­rūpa
g.774
imagination
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa, kun tu rtog pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།, ཀུན་ཏུ་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vitarka
g.775
imagined
Wylie: brtags pa
Tibetan: བརྟགས་པ།
Sanskrit: kalpita
g.776
immeasurables
Wylie: tshad med pa
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apramāṇa
See “four immeasurables.”
g.777
immoral thought
Wylie: ’chal pa’i tshul khrims kyi sems
Tibetan: འཆལ་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: dauḥśīlyacitta
g.778
immorality
Wylie: ’chal ba’i tshul khrims, tshul khrims ’chal pa
Tibetan: འཆལ་བའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།, ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་འཆལ་པ།
Sanskrit: dauḥśīlya
g.779
immortality
Wylie: ’chi ba med pa, bdud rtsi
Tibetan: འཆི་བ་མེད་པ།, བདུད་རྩི།
Sanskrit: amṛta
g.780
impatient
Wylie: mi bzod pa
Tibetan: མི་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣānti
g.781
impeccable
Wylie: smad du med pa
Tibetan: སྨད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: na jugupsanīya
Literally, “cannot be disliked.”
g.782
imponderable
Wylie: gzhal du med
Tibetan: གཞལ་དུ་མེད།
Sanskrit: atulya
g.783
impotent
Wylie: nus pa cung zad kyang med
Tibetan: ནུས་པ་ཅུང་ཟད་ཀྱང་མེད།
Sanskrit: akiṃcit­samartha
g.784
improve
Wylie: ’phel
Tibetan: འཕེལ།
Sanskrit: vṛdh
g.785
in a disadvantaged family
Wylie: rigs ngan pa
Tibetan: རིགས་ངན་པ།
Sanskrit: nīcakūla
g.786
in a dualistic way
Wylie: gnyis kyi tshul gyis
Tibetan: གཉིས་ཀྱི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: dvayayogena
g.787
in a mirage
Wylie: smig rgyu’i tshogs la
Tibetan: སྨིག་རྒྱུའི་ཚོགས་ལ།
Sanskrit: maricikāyām
g.788
in accord with reality
Wylie: yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ།
Sanskrit: yathābhūtam
g.789
in an unmade and unchanging way
Wylie: ma byas pa dang ’gyur ba med pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: མ་བྱས་པ་དང་འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: akṛtāvikṛta­yogena
g.790
in full possession of
Wylie: dang ldan pa
Tibetan: དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: samanvāgatā
g.791
in perfect control of their whole mind
Wylie: sems thams cad kyi dbang gi dam pa’i pha rol tu son pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དབང་གི་དམ་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་སོན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­ceto­vaśi­parama­pāramita
g.792
in the bodhisattva vehicle
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i theg pa pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ཐེག་པ་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhi­sattva­yānika
g.793
in the category of the ultimate
Wylie: don dam pas rab tu phye ba
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པས་རབ་ཏུ་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: paramārtha­prabhāvita
g.794
in the manner of an objective support
Wylie: dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: ālambana­yogena
g.795
in the realm of immortality
Wylie: ’chi ba med pa’i dbyings, bdud rtsi’i dbyings
Tibetan: འཆི་བ་མེད་པའི་དབྱིངས།, བདུད་རྩིའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: amṛte dhātau
g.796
inanimate material state
Wylie: bems po nyid
Tibetan: བེམས་པོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmajaḍatā
g.797
inclined to
Wylie: gzhol ba
Tibetan: གཞོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nimna
g.798
inconceivable element
Wylie: bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: acintyadhātu
g.799
incorporate
Wylie: yongs su ’dzin
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: parigrah
g.800
increase
Wylie: ’phel
Tibetan: འཕེལ།
Sanskrit: upaci, vṛdh, utsada
g.801
independent of
Wylie: ma brten par
Tibetan: མ་བརྟེན་པར།
Sanskrit: anāgamya
g.802
Indra
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indra
The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.
g.803
Indradatta
Wylie: dbang pos byin
Tibetan: དབང་པོས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: indradatta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.804
Indraketu
Wylie: dbang po tog
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: indraketu
Lit. “Indra’s victory banner.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.805
indulge
Wylie: sten
Tibetan: སྟེན།
Sanskrit: pratisev
g.806
industrious
Wylie: brtson ’grus dang ldan
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་དང་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: vīryavant
g.807
inexhaustible
Wylie: bas ma ’tshal ba lags, zad pa med pa, mi zad pa
Tibetan: བས་མ་འཚལ་བ་ལགས།, ཟད་པ་མེད་པ།, མི་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣaya
g.808
inexpiable sin
Wylie: mtshams med pa
Tibetan: མཚམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ānantarya
See “five inexpiable sins.”
g.809
inexpressible
Wylie: brjod du ma mchis, brjod du med
Tibetan: བརྗོད་དུ་མ་མཆིས།, བརྗོད་དུ་མེད།
Sanskrit: anabhilapya
g.810
infinite life
Wylie: tshe dpag tu med pa
Tibetan: ཚེ་དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aparimitāyus
g.811
inflected word
Wylie: tshig ’bru
Tibetan: ཚིག་འབྲུ།
Sanskrit: vyañjana
g.812
influenced
Wylie: yongs su zin pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit: parigṛhīta
g.813
infused with energy
Wylie: gzi brjid bcug pa
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་བཅུག་པ།
Sanskrit: ojaḥprakṣipta
g.814
inner and outer emptiness
Wylie: phyi nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱི་ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: adhyātma­bahirdhā­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.815
inner body
Wylie: nang gi lus
Tibetan: ནང་གི་ལུས།
Sanskrit: adhyātmakāya, adhyātma, ātmabhāva, adhyātmika
g.816
inner emptiness
Wylie: nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: adhyātma­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses.
g.817
insight
Wylie: lhag mthong
Tibetan: ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit: vipaśyanā
An important form of Buddhist meditation focusing on developing insight into the nature of phenomena. Often presented as one of a pair of meditation techniques, the other being “calm abiding.”
g.818
intellect
Wylie: blo
Tibetan: བློ།
Sanskrit: buddhi
g.819
intense faith
Wylie: dad pa drag pos
Tibetan: དད་པ་དྲག་པོས།
Sanskrit: tīvrayā bhaktyā
g.820
interrupted by a single birth
Wylie: skye ba gcig gis thogs pa
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ་གཅིག་གིས་ཐོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ekajāti­pratibaddha
g.821
intrinsic nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid, rang bzhin
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།, རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are said to possess existence in their own right‍—inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness. Also rendered here as “basic nature.”
g.822
introduction
Wylie: gleng gzhi, gleng gzhi’i sde
Tibetan: གླེང་གཞི།, གླེང་གཞིའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: nidāna
Literally, “foundation of the narrative.” One of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma.
g.823
invisible
Wylie: mi snang ba
Tibetan: མི་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: adṛśya
g.824
involved in a false apprehension of facts
Wylie: dmigs pa la spyod spyod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ་ལ་སྤྱོད་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: upalambhacarat
g.825
irreversible
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit: avaivarttika
g.826
irreversible level
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa’i sa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: avaivartya, avinirvartanīya, āvaivarttika­bhūmi
g.827
island
Wylie: gling
Tibetan: གླིང་།
Sanskrit: dvīpa
g.828
isolated state
Wylie: dben pa
Tibetan: དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: viviktatā
g.829
isolation
Wylie: dben pa
Tibetan: དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: vivikta, viveka
Isolation is traditionally categorized as being of three types: (1) isolation of the body (kāyaviveka), which refers to remaining in solitude free from desirous or disturbing objects; (2) isolation of the mind (cittaviveka), which is mental detachment from desirous or disturbing objects; and (3) isolation from the “substrate” (upadhiviveka), which indicates detachment from all things that perpetuate rebirth, including the five aggregates, the afflictions, and karma.
g.830
it does not occupy a location
Wylie: de ni yul na mi gnas
Tibetan: དེ་ནི་ཡུལ་ན་མི་གནས།
Sanskrit: na hi sā deśasthā asthā
g.831
Jambū
Wylie: ’dzam bu
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ།
Sanskrit: jambū
Legendary river carrying the golden fruit fallen from the legendary jambu (“rose apple”) tree.
g.832
Jambudvīpa
Wylie: ’dzam bu’i gling
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུའི་གླིང་།
Sanskrit: jambudvīpa
The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.
g.833
jaundice
Wylie: mkhris pa
Tibetan: མཁྲིས་པ།
Sanskrit: pitta
g.834
Jayā
Wylie: rgyal ba
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: jayā
Lit. “Victorious.” A world system in the north direction, where the buddha Jayendra dwells.
g.835
Jayadatta
Wylie: rgyal bas byin
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: jayadatta
Lit. “Victory Given.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Jayā, in the northern direction, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.836
jayalabdha
Wylie: rgyal ba thob pa
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བ་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: jayalabdha
Lit. “gained the victory.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.837
Jayendra
Wylie: rgyal ba’i dbang po
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: jayendra
Lit. “Victorious Indra.” A buddha in a world system called Jayā, in the northern direction.
g.838
jewel-like perfection
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa rin po che
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: ratnapāramitā
g.839
Jinamitra
Wylie: dzi na mi tra
Tibetan: ཛི་ན་མི་ཏྲ།
Sanskrit: jinamitra
Jinamitra was invited to Tibet during the reign of King Tri Songdetsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98 ᴄᴇ) and was involved with the translation of nearly two hundred texts, continuing into the reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.
g.840
jñānaketu
Wylie: ye shes tog
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཏོག
Sanskrit: jñānaketu
Lit. “knowledge victory banner.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.841
jñānolka
Wylie: ye shes sgron ma
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: jñānolka
Lit. “knowledge firebrand.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.842
joy
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: prema
One of the four practices of spiritual practitioners and one of the four immeasurables (the other three being: loving-kindness or love, compassion, and equanimity.
g.843
jungle dweller
Wylie: dgon pa pa
Tibetan: དགོན་པ་པ།
Sanskrit: āraṇyako
g.844
just a convention
Wylie: tha snyad tsam
Tibetan: ཐ་སྙད་ཙམ།
Sanskrit: vyavahāra­mātram
g.845
jvalanolka
Wylie: me sgron, sgron ma ’bar ba
Tibetan: མེ་སྒྲོན།, སྒྲོན་མ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: jvalanolkā
Lit. “fire meteor.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.846
kācalindika
Wylie: ka tsa li di ka
Tibetan: ཀ་ཙ་ལི་དི་ཀ
Sanskrit: kācalindika, kācalindi
A frequent simile for softness, thought to refer either (1) to the down of the kācilindika or kācalindika bird (see Lamotte 1975, p. 261, n. 321), or (2) to a tropical tree bearing silken pods, similar to kapok, from which garments were made, and identified (Monier-Williams p. 266) with Abrus precatorius.
g.847
kalaviṅka
Wylie: ka la bing ka
Tibetan: ཀ་ལ་བིང་ཀ
Sanskrit: kalaviṅka
In Buddhist literature refers to a mythical bird whose call is said to be far more beautiful than that of all other birds, and so compelling that it can be heard even before the bird has hatched. The call of the kalaviṅka is thus used as an analogy to describe the sound of the discourse of bodhisattvas as being far superior to that of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, even before bodhisattvas attain awakening. In some cases, the kalaviṅka also takes on mythical characteristics, being depicted as part human, part bird. It is also the sixteenth of the eighty designs on the palms and soles of a tathāgata.While it is equated to an Indian bird renowned for its beautiful song, there is some uncertainty regarding the identity of the kalaviṅka; some dictionaries declare it to be a type of Indian cuckoo (probably Eudynamys scolopacea, also known as the asian koel) or a red and green sparrow (possibly Amandava amandava, also known as the red avadavat).
g.848
kāṅkṣocchedana
Wylie: nem nur gcod pa
Tibetan: ནེམ་ནུར་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kāṅkṣocchedana
Lit. “that cuts off doubt.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.849
kārākāra
Wylie: bya ba byed pa
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: kārākāra
Lit. “does what needs to be done.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.850
kāraṇḍa duck
Wylie: bya ka ran da
Tibetan: བྱ་ཀ་རན་ད།
Sanskrit: kāraṇḍava
g.851
karma
Wylie: las, sug las, phyag las, lag las
Tibetan: ལས།, སུག་ལས།, ཕྱག་ལས།, ལག་ལས།
Sanskrit: karman
Meaning “action” in its most basic sense, karma is an important concept in Buddhist philosophy as the cumulative force of previous physical, verbal, and mental acts, which determines present experience and will determine future existences.
g.852
karma of rejecting the Dharma
Wylie: chos spong ba’i las
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྤོང་བའི་ལས།
Sanskrit: dharma­pratyākhyāna­saṃvartanīyaṃ karman
g.853
karmic action
Wylie: las
Tibetan: ལས།
Sanskrit: karman
Meaning “action” in its most basic sense, karma is an important concept in Buddhist philosophy as the cumulative force of previous physical, verbal, and mental acts, which determines present experience and will determine future existences.
g.854
Kātyāyana
Wylie: kA tyA ya na
Tibetan: ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ན།
Sanskrit: kātyāyana
Lit. “Descended from the Sage Kati.” One of the ten principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha. He was renowned for his ability to understand the Buddha’s teachings.
g.855
Kauśika
Wylie: kau shi ka
Tibetan: ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit: kauśika
“One who belongs to the Kuśika lineage.” An epithet of the god Śakra, also known as Indra, the king of the gods in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven. In the Ṛgveda, Indra is addressed by the epithet Kauśika, with the implication that he is associated with the descendants of the Kuśika lineage (gotra) as their aiding deity. In later epic and Purāṇic texts, we find the story that Indra took birth as Gādhi Kauśika, the son of Kuśika and one of the Vedic poet-seers, after the Puru king Kuśika had performed austerities for one thousand years to obtain a son equal to Indra who could not be killed by others. In the Pāli Kusajātaka (Jāt V 141–45), the Buddha, in one of his former bodhisattva lives as a Trāyastriṃśa god, takes birth as the future king Kusa upon the request of Indra, who wishes to help the childless king of the Mallas, Okkaka, and his chief queen Sīlavatī. This story is also referred to by Nāgasena in the Milindapañha.
g.856
kāya­kali­saṃpramathana
Wylie: lus kyi skyon yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་སྐྱོན་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kāya­kali­saṃpramathana
Lit. “overcomes physical flaws.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.857
kind words
Wylie: snyan par smra ba
Tibetan: སྙན་པར་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: priyavadya
g.858
kindly
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitram
g.859
kingdom
Wylie: yul ’khor, rgyal srid
Tibetan: ཡུལ་འཁོར།, རྒྱལ་སྲིད།
Sanskrit: rāṣṭra
g.860
kinnara
Wylie: mi’am ci
Tibetan: མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit: kinnara
A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.
g.861
kinsman
Wylie: nye du
Tibetan: ཉེ་དུ།
g.862
knower of all aspects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākāra­jñāna
g.863
knowledge
Wylie: rig pa, ye shes, shes pa, mkhyen pa
Tibetan: རིག་པ།, ཡེ་ཤེས།, ཤེས་པ།, མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit: vidyā, jñāna
See also n.­29.
g.864
knowledge and seeing of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: vimukti­jñāna­darśana
The translators perhaps understood “insight into knowledge of liberation.”
g.865
knowledge from prayer
Wylie: smon nas shes pa
Tibetan: སྨོན་ནས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: praṇidhijñāna
See also n.­673.
g.866
knowledge in accord with sound
Wylie: sgra ji bzhin shes pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་ཇི་བཞིན་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: yathārutajñāna
g.867
knowledge of a knower of all
Wylie: thams cad mkhyen pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sarvajña­jñāna
g.868
knowledge of a knower of all aspects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid kyi ye shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sarvākāra­jñatā­jñāna
g.869
knowledge of a knower of path aspects
Wylie: lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid kyi shes pa, lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid kyi ye shes, lam gyi rnam pa shes pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཤེས་པ།, ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས།, ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: mārgākāra­jñatā­jñāna
Also referred to as “knowledge of paths,” it is the knowledge of a bodhisattva.
g.870
knowledge of all aspects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvākāra­jñatā
See “three types of omniscience.”
g.871
knowledge of calm abiding and insight
Wylie: zhi gnas dang lhag mthong shes pa
Tibetan: ཞི་གནས་དང་ལྷག་མཐོང་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: śamatha­vipaśyanā­jñāna
g.872
knowledge of cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa shes pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodhajñāna
g.873
knowledge of dharma
Wylie: chos shes pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmajñāna
See also n.­670.
g.874
knowledge of extinction
Wylie: zad pa shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣayajñana
g.875
knowledge of mastery
Wylie: yongs su ’dris pa shes pa, ’dris pa shes pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲིས་པ་ཤེས་པ།, འདྲིས་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: paricayajñāna
g.876
knowledge of nonproduction
Wylie: mi skye ba shes pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpādajñana
g.877
knowledge of origination
Wylie: kun ’byung ba shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: samudayajñāna
g.878
knowledge of path aspects
Wylie: lam gyi rnam par shes pa nyid, lam gyi rnam pa shes pa
Tibetan: ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།, ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgākārajñatā
See “three types of omniscience.”
g.879
knowledge of paths
Wylie: lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid
Tibetan: ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: mārgajñatā
See “three types of omniscience.”Also referred to as the “knowledge of a knower of path aspects,” it is the knowledge of a bodhisattva.
g.880
knowledge of suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal shes pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: duḥkhajñāna
g.881
knowledge of the aspects of the thought activity of all beings
Wylie: sems can thams cad kyi sems kyi spyod pa’i rnam pa shes pa nyid
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སེམས་ཀྱི་སྤྱོད་པའི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
g.882
knowledge of the knowledge of all aspects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid kyi ye shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sarvākāra­jñatā­jñāna
g.883
knowledge of the path
Wylie: lam shes pa
Tibetan: ལམ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgajñana
g.884
knowledge of the ways of thinking
Wylie: sems kyi rnam grangs shes pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་གྲངས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: cetaḥparyāya­jñāna
g.885
knowledge of things as they really are
Wylie: yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin shes pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: yathābhūta­jñāna
g.886
knowledge that does not enter into attachment
Wylie: rjes su ’chags pa la mi ’jug pa’i shes pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་འཆགས་པ་ལ་མི་འཇུག་པའི་ཤེས་པ།
g.887
knowledge that outflows are extinguished
Wylie: zag pa zad pa shes pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: āsravakṣayajñana
g.888
knowledge that recollects previous states of existence
Wylie: sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa’i shes pa
Tibetan: སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པའི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: pūrva­nivāsānusmṛti­jñāna
g.889
knowledge-mantra
Wylie: rig, rig sngags
Tibetan: རིག, རིག་སྔགས།
Sanskrit: vidyā
g.890
krośa
Wylie: dpag tshad
Tibetan: དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit: krośa
A unit of distance. According to Monier-Williams, a krośa equals “the range of the voice in calling,” or 4,000 hasta (“hands”), or a quarter of a yojana.
g.891
Kṛtāvin level
Wylie: byas pa rtogs pa can gyi sa
Tibetan: བྱས་པ་རྟོགས་པ་ཅན་གྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: kṛtāvibhūmi
Lit. “Have Done the Work to Be Done.” The seventh of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”
g.892
kṣayāpagata
Wylie: zad pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཟད་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṣayāpagata
Lit. “free from exhaustion.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.893
Kṣemā
Wylie: bde ba
Tibetan: བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṣemā
Lit. “Security.” Name of four lotus ponds, each located in one of the four gardens of the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.894
Kśemottamā
Wylie: bde ldan
Tibetan: བདེ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: kṣemottamā RS
Lit. “Most Secure.” Name of four lotus ponds, each located in one of the four gardens of the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.895
Kuru
Wylie: sgra mi snyan
Tibetan: སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit: kuru
The continent to the north of Sumeru according to Buddhist cosmology. In the Abhidharmakośa, it is described as square in shape. Its human inhabitants enjoy a fixed lifespan of a thousand years and do not hold personal property or marry.
g.896
kusumābhikīrṇa
Wylie: me tog bkram pa
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་བཀྲམ་པ།
Sanskrit: kusumābhikīrṇa
Lit. “on account of which flowers have been strewed.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.897
label
Wylie: ’dogs pa, btags pa
Tibetan: འདོགས་པ།, བཏགས་པ།
g.898
laid down their burden
Wylie: khur bor ba
Tibetan: ཁུར་བོར་བ།
Sanskrit: apahṛtabhāra
g.899
lakṣana­pariśodhaṇa
Wylie: mtshan nyid yongs su sbyong ba
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་ཡོངས་སུ་སྦྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit: lakṣana­pariśodhaṇa
Lit. “purification of marks.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.900
later-food refuser
Wylie: zas phyis mi len pa
Tibetan: ཟས་ཕྱིས་མི་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: khalupaścādbhaktika
A “later-food refuser” is one who does not accept any food after they have begun eating (that is, once they have begun eating, they do not accept any more if it is offered).
g.901
leader
Wylie: yongs su ’dren pa, ’dren pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲེན་པ།, འདྲེན་པ།
Sanskrit: parināyikā, parināyaka, nāyaka
When capitalized this term is an epithet of the Buddha.
g.902
learned
Wylie: mkhas pa
Tibetan: མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhijña RS
g.903
legs of miraculous power
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhipāda
See “four legs of miraculous powers.”
g.904
let it fester
Wylie: mdud par ’dzin
Tibetan: མདུད་པར་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: anuśayaṃ vahati RS
g.905
letter
Wylie: yi ge
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ
Sanskrit: akṣara
g.906
liberate
Wylie: yongs su dgrol, yongs su bkrol
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་དགྲོལ།, ཡོངས་སུ་བཀྲོལ།
Sanskrit: parimocaya
g.907
Licchavi
Wylie: lid tsa bI
Tibetan: ལིད་ཙ་བཱི།
Sanskrit: licchavi
Name of the tribe and republican city-state whose capital was Vaiśālī.
g.908
life faculty
Wylie: srog gi dbang po
Tibetan: སྲོག་གི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: jīvitendriya
g.909
lightness
Wylie: yang ba
Tibetan: ཡང་བ།
Sanskrit: laghutā
g.910
limb of awakening
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅga
See “seven limbs of awakening.”
g.911
limitless and boundless
Wylie: mtha’ yas mu med pa
Tibetan: མཐའ་ཡས་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anantāparyanta
g.912
lineage
Wylie: gdung, rigs, rus
Tibetan: གདུང་།, རིགས།, རུས།
Sanskrit: vaṃśā, kula, gotra
g.913
link up
Wylie: nying mtshams sbyor ba
Tibetan: ཉིང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: pratisaṃdhi, anusaṃdhi
g.914
listen to it being read aloud
Wylie: klog slob
Tibetan: ཀློག་སློབ།
Sanskrit: śṛṇvanti
g.915
live a celibate life
Wylie: tshangs par spyod
Tibetan: ཚངས་པར་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: brahma­caryaṃ car
Brahman is a Sanskrit term referring to what is highest (parama) and most important (pradhāna); the Nibandhana commentary explains brahman as meaning here nirvāṇa, and thus the brahman conduct is the “conduct toward brahman,” the conduct that leads to the highest liberation, i.e., nirvāṇa. This is explained as “the path without outflows,” which is the “truth of the path” among the four truths of the noble ones. Other explanations (found in the Pāli tradition) take “brahman conduct” to mean the “best conduct,” and also the “conduct of the best,” i.e., the buddhas. In some contexts, “brahman conduct” refers more specifically to celibacy, but the specific referents of this expression are many.
g.916
live having set out in the Dharma in full conformity with the Dharma
Wylie: chos dang rjes su ’thun pa’i chos la zhugs shing gnas pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་དང་རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པའི་ཆོས་ལ་ཞུགས་ཤིང་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmānudharma­pratipanno viharati
g.917
live on joy
Wylie: dga’ ba’i zas
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་ཟས།
Sanskrit: prītyāhāra
g.918
lives in solitude
Wylie: rab tu dben pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: vivikta
g.919
living being
Wylie: srog chags, srog
Tibetan: སྲོག་ཆགས།, སྲོག
Sanskrit: prāṇin, jīva
g.920
load
Wylie: khal
Tibetan: ཁལ།
Sanskrit: khāri
g.921
local ruler
Wylie: khams kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཁམས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: koṭṭarāja
g.922
location
Wylie: yul, yul phyogs
Tibetan: ཡུལ།, ཡུལ་ཕྱོགས།
Sanskrit: diś
g.923
Lokapāla
Wylie: ’jig rten skyong ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་སྐྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit: lokapāla
Lit. “World Protectors.” They are usually the same as the Four Mahārājas but are here included as a separate group.
g.924
long thin tongue
Wylie: ljags ring zhing srab pa, ljags shin tu ring zhing srab pa
Tibetan: ལྗགས་རིང་ཞིང་སྲབ་པ།, ལྗགས་ཤིན་ཏུ་རིང་ཞིང་སྲབ་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhūta­tanujihva
g.925
longing
Wylie: ’dod pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit: spṛhā RS
g.926
lord
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavān, bhagavat
In Buddhist literature, this is an epithet applied to buddhas, most often to Śākyamuni. The Sanskrit term generally means “possessing fortune,” but in specifically Buddhist contexts it implies that a buddha is in possession of six auspicious qualities (bhaga) associated with complete awakening. The Tibetan term‍—where bcom is said to refer to “subduing” the four māras, ldan to “possessing” the great qualities of buddhahood, and ’das to “going beyond” saṃsāra and nirvāṇa‍—possibly reflects the commentarial tradition where the Sanskrit bhagavat is interpreted, in addition, as “one who destroys the four māras.” This is achieved either by reading bhagavat as bhagnavat (“one who broke”), or by tracing the word bhaga to the root √bhañj (“to break”).An epithet of the buddhas. The Tibetan translators consistently understand the word bhagavān as bha[gna]-ga-vat and render it bcom ldan ’das “one who has destroyed (bcom) obscurations, possesses (ldan) the buddhadharmas, and has gone (’das) into nirvāṇa.” An alternative translation is “Blessed One” from bhaga-vat “one who possesses (vat) good fortune (bhaga).”
g.927
lotus
Wylie: pad ma
Tibetan: པད་མ།
Sanskrit: padma
g.928
lotus pond
Wylie: rdzing bu
Tibetan: རྫིང་བུ།
Sanskrit: puṣkiriṇī, puṣkaraṇī
g.929
loving
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitra
g.930
loving-kindness
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitrī
One of the four practices of spiritual practitioners, and one of the four immeasurables (the other three being compassion, sympathetic joy, and equanimity).
g.931
low caste
Wylie: dmangs rigs
Tibetan: དམངས་རིགས།
Sanskrit: śudra, śudra varṇa
g.932
lunar mansion
Wylie: rgyu skar
Tibetan: རྒྱུ་སྐར།
Sanskrit: nakṣatra RS
g.933
maggot
Wylie: srin bu
Tibetan: སྲིན་བུ།
Sanskrit: krimi
g.934
magic spell
Wylie: sgyu ma’i rig sngags
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མའི་རིག་སྔགས།
g.935
magical creations
Wylie: sprul pa
Tibetan: སྤྲུལ་པ།
Sanskrit: nirmita
g.936
magical formula
Wylie: rig sngags
Tibetan: རིག་སྔགས།
Sanskrit: vidyā
g.937
Mahābrahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahābrahmā
Lit. “Great Brahmā.” The third of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa, it is listed as the third of the three heavens that correspond to the first of the four concentrations. See also “Brahmapārṣadya.”
g.938
Mahā­karuṇā­cinta
Wylie: snying rje cher sems
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེར་སེམས།
Sanskrit: mahā­karuṇā­cinta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.939
Mahākāśyapa
Wylie: ’od srung chen po
Tibetan: འོད་སྲུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākāśyapa
One of the Buddha’s principal śrāvaka disciples, he became a leader of the saṅgha after the Buddha’s passing.
g.940
Mahākātyāyana
Wylie: kA t+yA’i bu chen po
Tibetan: ཀཱ་ཏྱཱའི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākātyāyana
See “Kātyāyana.”
g.941
Mahākauṣṭhilya
Wylie: gsus po che
Tibetan: གསུས་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: mahākauṣṭhilya
A great śrāvaka included in the audience of this sūtra.
g.942
Mahāketu
Wylie: me tog chen po
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāketu
Lit. “Great Flower.” Name that three hundred monks will bear when they become buddhas, during the eon called Tārakopama, due to dressing the body of the Buddha and producing the thought of awakening while attending this teaching.
g.943
Mahā­maudgalyāyana
Wylie: maud gal gyi bu chen po
Tibetan: མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahā­maudgalyāyana
See “Maudgalyāyana.“
g.944
Mahāprajāpatī
Wylie: skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit: mahāprajāpatī
The maternal aunt and adoptive mother of the Buddha as well as the first woman to be ordained.
g.945
Mahārāja
Wylie: rgyal po chen po
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahā­rāja
See “Four Mahārājas.”
g.946
Mahā­sthāma­prāpta
Wylie: mthu chen thob
Tibetan: མཐུ་ཆེན་ཐོབ།
Sanskrit: mahā­sthāma­prāpta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra. Along with Avalokiteśvara, he is one of the two main bodhisattvas in the realm of Sukhāvatī.
g.947
Mahāvyūha
Wylie: bkod pa chen po
Tibetan: བཀོད་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvyūha
Lit. “Great Array.” A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.948
mahāvyūha
Wylie: bkod pa chen po
Tibetan: བཀོད་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvyūha
Lit. “great array.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.949
mahoraga
Wylie: lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan: ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahoraga
Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.
g.950
Maitreya
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitreya
The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).
g.951
majestic wheel-turning emperor
Wylie: dbang phyug ’khor los sgyur ba
Tibetan: དབང་ཕྱུག་འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: īśvara­cakravarin
g.952
major mark
Wylie: mtshan
Tibetan: མཚན།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa
The thirty-two primary physical characteristics of a “great being,” mahāpuruṣa, which every buddha and cakravartin possesses. They are considered “major” in terms of being primary to the eighty minor marks or signs of a great being.For their enumeration in this text, see 73.­89.
g.953
make a confession
Wylie: ’chags
Tibetan: འཆགས།
Sanskrit: pratideśaya
g.954
make a detailed examination
Wylie: rab tu rnam par ’byed pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: pravici
g.955
make an investigation
Wylie: rnam par dbye bar bgyi
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དབྱེ་བར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit: paricaya kṛ
g.956
make it be there
Wylie: gnas par byed pa
Tibetan: གནས་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sthāpikā RS
g.957
maker
Wylie: byed pa po
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: kāraka, kṛtaka
g.958
making things known
Wylie: btags pa
Tibetan: བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñapti
g.959
male
Wylie: skyes pa
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: puruṣa
g.960
malice
Wylie: gnod sems
Tibetan: གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit: vyapāda
g.961
malicious thought
Wylie: gnod sems kyi sems, gnod sems
Tibetan: གནོད་སེམས་ཀྱི་སེམས།, གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit: vyāpādacitta
g.962
mandārava
Wylie: man dA ra ba
Tibetan: མན་དཱ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit: mandārava
One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.
g.963
Mañjuśrī Kumārabhūta
Wylie: ’jam dpal gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ་གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrī­kumārabhūta
Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.
g.964
Māra
Wylie: bdud
Tibetan: བདུད།
Sanskrit: māra
A māra is a demon, in the sense of something that plagues a person. The four māras are (1) māra as the five aggregates ( skandhamāra , phung po’i bdud), māra as the afflictive emotions (kleśamāra, nyon mongs pa’i bdud), māra as death (mṛtyumāra, ’chi bdag gi bdud), and the god māra (devaputramāra, lha’i bu’i bdud).
g.965
Māra class
Wylie: bdud kyi ris
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་རིས།
Sanskrit: mārakāyika
The deities ruled over by Māra. The term can also refer to the devas in his paradise, which is sometimes identified with Paranirmitavaśavartin, the highest paradise in the realm of desire. This is distinct from the four personifications of obstacles to awakening, also known as the four māras (devaputramāra, mṛtyumāra, skandhamāra, and kleśamāra).
g.966
Māra the wicked one
Wylie: bdud sdig can
Tibetan: བདུད་སྡིག་ཅན།
Sanskrit: māraḥ pāpīyān
A frequent epithet of Māra.
g.967
Māra­bala­pramardin
Wylie: bdud kyi stobs rab tu ’joms pa
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: māra­bala­pramardin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.968
māra­maṇḍala­vidhvaṃsana­kara
Wylie: bdud kyi dkyil ’khor rnam par ’joms par byed pa
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རྣམ་པར་འཇོམས་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: māra­maṇḍala­vidhvaṃsana­kara
Lit. “totally defeats the circle of māras.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.969
mark
Wylie: mtshan nyid, mtshan
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད།, མཚན།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa
g.970
mark of a great person
Wylie: skyes bu chen po’i mtshan
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་མཚན།
Sanskrit: mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa
g.971
market
Wylie: grong rdal
Tibetan: གྲོང་རྡལ།
Sanskrit: nigama
g.972
market town
Wylie: grong rdal
Tibetan: གྲོང་རྡལ།
Sanskrit: nigama
g.973
marketplace
Wylie: grong bar
Tibetan: གྲོང་བར།
Sanskrit: antarāpaṇa
g.974
marvelous dharma
Wylie: rmad du byung ba’i chos
Tibetan: རྨད་དུ་བྱུང་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: adbhūtadharma
g.975
marvels
Wylie: rmad du byung ba’i chos
Tibetan: རྨད་དུ་བྱུང་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: adbhūtadharma
As one of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma, it means descriptions of miracles.
g.976
masculine word
Wylie: skyes pa’i tshig bla dags
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་པའི་ཚིག་བླ་དགས།
Sanskrit: puruṣādhivacana
g.977
mass of foam
Wylie: dbu ba rdos pa
Tibetan: དབུ་བ་རྡོས་པ།
Sanskrit: phenapiṇḍa
g.978
mass of four-unit forces
Wylie: dpung gi tshogs yan lag bzhi pa
Tibetan: དཔུང་གི་ཚོགས་ཡན་ལག་བཞི་པ།
Sanskrit: caturaṅgaṃ balakāyam
The ancient Indian army was composed of four branches (caturaṅga)‍—infantry, cavalry, chariots, and elephants.
g.979
material reality
Wylie: rdzas
Tibetan: རྫས།
Sanskrit: dravya
Things that are not merely labelled through concepts or ideas but are actually capable of performing a function, e.g., form.
g.980
material things
Wylie: zang zing, rdzas
Tibetan: ཟང་ཟིང་།, རྫས།
Sanskrit: āmiṣa
g.981
maturity
Wylie: smin pa, yongs su smin pa
Tibetan: སྨིན་པ།, ཡོངས་སུ་སྨིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pāka, paripāka
g.982
Maudgalyāyana
Wylie: maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan: མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit: maudgalyāyana
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, paired with Śāriputra, he was renowned for his miraculous powers. His family clan was descended from Mudgala, hence his name Maudgalyā­yana, “the son of Mudgala’s descendants.” Respectfully referred to as Mahā­maudgalyāyana.
g.983
māyāvivarjita
Wylie: sgyu ma rnam par spangs pa
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མ་རྣམ་པར་སྤངས་པ།
Sanskrit: māyāvivarjita
Lit. “where illusion has been eliminated.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.984
medicine
Wylie: sman
Tibetan: སྨན།
Sanskrit: auṣadha
g.985
meditative equipoise
Wylie: mnyam par bzhag pa
Tibetan: མཉམ་པར་བཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāhita
A state of deep concentration in which the mind is absorbed in its object to such a degree that conceptual thought is suspended. It is sometimes interpreted as settling (āhita) the mind in equanimity (sama).Also rendered here as “ collected state .”
g.986
meditative stabilization
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin, ting ’dzin
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།, ཏིང་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samādhi
In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.
g.987
meditative stabilization gateway
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi sgo
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: samādhimukha
g.988
meditative stabilization like a flash of lightning
Wylie: glog lta bu’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: གློག་ལྟ་བུའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: vidyutopama­samādhi
Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.989
meditative stabilization with applied and sustained thought
Wylie: rtog pa dang bcas dpyod pa dang bcas pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ་དང་བཅས་དཔྱོད་པ་དང་བཅས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: sa­vitarka­savicāra­samādhi
See “meditative stabilization.”
g.990
meditative stabilization without applied thought but with sustained thought
Wylie: rtog pa med cing dpyod pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ་མེད་ཅིང་དཔྱོད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: a­vitarka­vicāra­mātra­samādhi
See “meditative stabilization.”
g.991
meditative stabilization without either applied or sustained thought
Wylie: rtog pa yang med dpyod pa yang med pa’i ting nge ’dzin, rtog pa med pa dang dpyod pa med pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ་ཡང་མེད་དཔྱོད་པ་ཡང་མེད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།, རྟོག་པ་མེད་པ་དང་དཔྱོད་པ་མེད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: a­vitarkāvicāra­samādhi
See “meditative stabilization.”
g.992
melodious narration
Wylie: dbyangs kyis bsnyad pa
Tibetan: དབྱངས་ཀྱིས་བསྙད་པ།
Sanskrit: geya
The repetition of prose passages in verse form. Literally “that which is to be chanted.” One of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma.
g.993
melodious sound endowed with the five branches that make it suitable for discourse
Wylie: gsung gi lam yan lag lnga dang ldan pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: གསུང་གི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་ལྔ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: pañcāṅga­vāk­pathopeta svara
g.994
mental action
Wylie: yid kyi las
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་ལས།
Sanskrit: manaskarman
g.995
mental continuum
Wylie: sems kyi rgyud
Tibetan: སེམས་ཀྱི་རྒྱུད།
Sanskrit: saṃtāna, cittasaṃtāna RS
g.996
mental distraction
Wylie: sems rnam par g.yeng ba
Tibetan: སེམས་རྣམ་པར་གཡེང་བ།
Sanskrit: vikṣiptacitta
g.997
mental distress
Wylie: yid mi dga’ ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་མི་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: anāttamanas
g.998
mental factor
Wylie: sems las byung ba
Tibetan: སེམས་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: cetasika
g.999
mental volitional factor
Wylie: yid kyi ’du byed
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་འདུ་བྱེད།
g.1000
mentally construct
Wylie: rtog, rtog par byed, rnam par rtog, rnam par rtog par byed
Tibetan: རྟོག, རྟོག་པར་བྱེད།, རྣམ་པར་རྟོག, རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: kḷp
g.1001
mere designation
Wylie: ming tsam
Tibetan: མིང་ཙམ།
Sanskrit: nāmadheyamātra
g.1002
mere name
Wylie: ming tsam
Tibetan: མིང་ཙམ།
Sanskrit: nāmamātra
g.1003
merit
Wylie: bsod nams
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས།
Sanskrit: puṇya
In Buddhism more generally, merit refers to the wholesome karmic potential accumulated by someone as a result of positive and altruistic thoughts, words, and actions, which will ripen in the current or future lifetimes as the experience of happiness and well-being. According to the Mahāyāna, it is important to dedicate the merit of one’s wholesome actions to the awakening of oneself and to the ultimate and temporary benefit of all sentient beings. Doing so ensures that others also experience the results of the positive actions generated and that the merit is not wasted by ripening in temporary happiness for oneself alone.
g.1004
Merukalpa
Wylie: ri rab ’dra ba
Tibetan: རི་རབ་འདྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: merukalpa
Lit. “axial mountain–like.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1005
Merukūṭa
Wylie: lhun po’i rtse mo
Tibetan: ལྷུན་པོའི་རྩེ་མོ།
Sanskrit: merukūṭa
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1006
meru­vicitra
Wylie: ri rab sna tshogs
Tibetan: རི་རབ་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: meru­vicitra
Lit. “variegated axial mountain.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1007
million world systems
Wylie: stong gnyis kyi ’jig rten gyi khams, stong gnyis pa’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གཉིས་ཀྱི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།, སྟོང་གཉིས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dvi­sāhasra­loka­dhātu
A “twice thousandfold world system,” i.e., a millionfold universe.
g.1008
mind and mental factor
Wylie: sems dang sems las byung ba
Tibetan: སེམས་དང་སེམས་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: cittacaitasika
g.1009
mind disposed to the word
Wylie: bka’ nyan pa’i sems
Tibetan: བཀའ་ཉན་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: ājñācitta
g.1010
mind made
Wylie: yid las byung ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: manomaya
g.1011
mindful
Wylie: dran pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛta, smṛtiman
This is the faculty that enables the mind to maintain its attention on a referent object, counteracting the arising of forgetfulness, which is a great obstacle to meditative stability. The root smṛ may mean “to recollect” but also simply “to think of.” Broadly speaking, smṛti, commonly translated as “mindfulness,” means to bring something to mind, not necessarily something experienced in a distant past but also something that is experienced in the present, such as the position of one’s body or the breath.Together with alertness (samprajāna, shes bzhin), it is one of the two indispensable factors for the development of calm abiding (śamatha, zhi gnas).
g.1012
mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛti
This is the faculty that enables the mind to maintain its attention on a referent object, counteracting the arising of forgetfulness, which is a great obstacle to meditative stability. The root smṛ may mean “to recollect” but also simply “to think of.” Broadly speaking, smṛti, commonly translated as “mindfulness,” means to bring something to mind, not necessarily something experienced in a distant past but also something that is experienced in the present, such as the position of one’s body or the breath.Together with alertness (samprajāna, shes bzhin), it is one of the two indispensable factors for the development of calm abiding (śamatha, zhi gnas).
g.1013
mindfulness of breathing in and out
Wylie: dbugs rngub pa dang ’byung ba rjes su dran pa, dbugs rngub pa dang dbyung ba rjes su dran pa, dbugs dbyung ba dang rngub pa rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: དབུགས་རྔུབ་པ་དང་འབྱུང་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།, དབུགས་རྔུབ་པ་དང་དབྱུང་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།, དབུགས་དབྱུང་བ་དང་རྔུབ་པ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: ānāpānānusmṛti
g.1014
mindfulness of death
Wylie: ’chi ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: འཆི་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: maraṇānusmṛti
g.1015
mindfulness of disgust
Wylie: skyo ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: སྐྱོ་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: udvegānusmṛti
g.1016
mindfulness of giving away
Wylie: gtong ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: གཏོང་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: tyāgānusmṛti
g.1017
mindfulness of morality
Wylie: tshul khrims rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlānusmṛti
g.1018
mindfulness of the Buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: buddhānusmṛti
g.1019
mindfulness of the Dharma
Wylie: chos rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusmṛti
g.1020
mindfulness of the gods
Wylie: lha rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ལྷ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: devatānusmṛti
g.1021
mindfulness of the Saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṅghānusmṛti
g.1022
mindfulness of what is included in the body
Wylie: lus su gtogs pa rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ལུས་སུ་གཏོགས་པ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: kāya­gatānusmṛti
g.1023
minister
Wylie: blon po
Tibetan: བློན་པོ།
Sanskrit: parināyaka
g.1024
minor sign
Wylie: dpe byad bzang po, dpe byad
Tibetan: དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།, དཔེ་བྱད།
Sanskrit: anuvyañjana, vyañjana
The eighty secondary physical characteristics of a buddha and of other great beings (mahāpuruṣa), which include such details as the redness of the fingernails and the blackness of the hair. They are considered “minor” in terms of being secondary to the thirty-two major marks or signs of a great being.For their enumeration in this text, see 73.­93.
g.1025
miracle
Wylie: cho ’phrul
Tibetan: ཆོ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit: prātihārya
g.1026
miracle of foretelling
Wylie: kun brjod pa’i cho ’phrul
Tibetan: ཀུན་བརྗོད་པའི་ཆོ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit: ādeśanā­prātihārya
g.1027
miracle of instruction
Wylie: rjes su bstan pa’i cho ’phrul
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་བསྟན་པའི་ཆོ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit: anuśāsanī­prātihārya
g.1028
miracle of miraculous power
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi cho ’phrul
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་ཆོ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhi­prātihārya
g.1029
miraculous birth
Wylie: rdzus te skye ba
Tibetan: རྫུས་ཏེ་སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: aupapāduka
One of the four modes of birth (caturyoni; skye gnas bzhi). Those who take miraculous birth are spontaneously born fully mature at the time of their birth. There are many categories of beings who can be born under these circumstances, including gods, hungry ghosts, hell beings, beings born in the intermediate state (antarābhava; bar ma do), and even humans in special circumstances or in the pure realms.
g.1030
miraculous power
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhi
The supernatural powers of a śrāvaka correspond to the first abhijñā: “Being one he becomes many, being many he becomes one; he becomes visible, invisible; goes through walls, ramparts and mountains without being impeded, just as through air; he immerses himself in the earth and emerges from it as if in water; he goes on water without breaking through it, as if on [solid] earth; he travels through the air crosslegged like a winged bird; he takes in his hands and touches the moon and the sun, those two wonderful, mighty beings, and with his body he extends his power as far as the Brahma world” (Śūraṃgamasamādhisūtra, trans. Lamotte 2003). The great supernatural powers (maharddhi) of bodhisattvas are “causing trembling, blazing, illuminating, rendering invisible, transforming, coming and going across obstacles, reducing or enlarging worlds, inserting any matter into one’s own body, assuming the aspects of those one frequents, appearing and disappearing, submitting everyone to one’s will, dominating the supernormal power of others, giving intellectual clarity to those who lack it, giving mindfulness, bestowing happiness, and finally, emitting beneficial rays” (Śūraṃgamasamādhisūtra, trans. Lamotte 2003).
g.1031
mirage
Wylie: smig rgyu
Tibetan: སྨིག་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit: marīcikā
g.1032
miserliness
Wylie: ser sna
Tibetan: སེར་སྣ།
Sanskrit: matsara, mātsarya
g.1033
mode
Wylie: rnam pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāra
g.1034
monk
Wylie: dge slong
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit: bhikṣu
The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).
g.1035
month
Wylie: zla ba
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: māsa
g.1036
moral code
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi sdom pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་སྡོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlasaṃvara
g.1037
morality
Wylie: tshul khrims
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: śīla
Morally virtuous or disciplined conduct and the abandonment of morally undisciplined conduct of body, speech, and mind. In a general sense, moral discipline is the cause for rebirth in higher, more favorable states, but it is also foundational to Buddhist practice as one of the three trainings (triśikṣā) and one of the six perfections of a bodhisattva. Often rendered as “ethics,” “discipline,” and “morality.”
g.1038
morality that comes through force of habit
Wylie: yang dag par spyod pa’i tshul khrims
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: samudācāraśīla
g.1039
morality with eight branches
Wylie: yan lag brgyad dang ldan pa’i tshul khrims
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
The eight branches are the same as the eight precepts, the upavasatha or upavāsa vows, namely: to refrain from (1) killing, (2) stealing, (3) sexual conduct, (4) lying or divisive speech, (5) intoxication, (6) eating at inappropriate times, (7) entertainment such as singing, dancing, seeing shows, and beautifying oneself with adornments or cosmetics, and (8) using a high bed.
g.1040
morality with five branches
Wylie: yan lag lnga dang ldan pa’i tshul khrims
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་ལྔ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
The five branches are the same as the five precepts, namely: abstaining from killing, stealing, sexual misconduct, lying, and consuming intoxicants.
g.1041
morning
Wylie: snga dro
Tibetan: སྔ་དྲོ།
Sanskrit: purobhakta
g.1042
mosquito
Wylie: sbrang bu mchu ring
Tibetan: སྦྲང་བུ་མཆུ་རིང་།
Sanskrit: daṃśa
g.1043
Mother of Victors
Wylie: rgyal ba’i yum
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བའི་ཡུམ།
See “perfection of wisdom.”
g.1044
motivator
Wylie: slong ba po
Tibetan: སློང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: utthāpaka
g.1045
moved excessively
Wylie: lhag par g.yo ba
Tibetan: ལྷག་པར་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: unmiñjita
g.1046
moved to abridge
Wylie: bsdus par g.yo ba
Tibetan: བསྡུས་པར་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃmiñjita
g.1047
nāga
Wylie: klu
Tibetan: ཀླུ།
Sanskrit: nāga
A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.
g.1048
nāgavṛkṣa
Wylie: klu shing gi me tog
Tibetan: ཀླུ་ཤིང་གི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: nāgavṛkṣa
Mesua roxburghii. The Sanskrit literally translates as “nāga flowers.”
g.1049
nairvedhika­sarva­bhava­tamo’pagata
Wylie: rtogs pas srid pa’i mun pa thams cad dang bral ba
Tibetan: རྟོགས་པས་སྲིད་པའི་མུན་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nairvedhika­sarva­bhava­tamo’pagata
Lit. “freed by realization from all darkness of the world.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1050
nāma­nirukti­pada­vyañjana
Wylie: ming dang nges pa’i sgra dang tshig dang ’bru
Tibetan: མིང་དང་ངེས་པའི་སྒྲ་དང་ཚིག་དང་འབྲུ།
Sanskrit: nāma­nirukti­pada­vyañjana
Lit. “of words, etymologies, sentences, and syllables.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1051
nāma­niyata­praveśa
Wylie: ming nges par ’jug pa
Tibetan: མིང་ངེས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nāma­niyata­praveśa
Lit. “entry into certainty about words.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1052
name
Wylie: ’du shes
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: saṃjñā
g.1053
name and conventional term
Wylie: ming gi brda, ming dang brda
Tibetan: མིང་གི་བརྡ།, མིང་དང་བརྡ།
g.1054
name and form
Wylie: ming dang gzugs
Tibetan: མིང་དང་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: nāmarūpa
Fourth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.1055
name designation
Wylie: ming du btags pa, ming du gdags pa
Tibetan: མིང་དུ་བཏགས་པ།, མིང་དུ་གདགས་པ།
Sanskrit: nāmaprajñapti
g.1056
name plucked out of thin air
Wylie: glo bur du btags pa’i ming, glo bur du ming btags, glo bur du ming du btags pa, ming du btags pa, ming tsam kho na
Tibetan: གློ་བུར་དུ་བཏགས་པའི་མིང་།, གློ་བུར་དུ་མིང་བཏགས།, གློ་བུར་དུ་མིང་དུ་བཏགས་པ།, མིང་དུ་བཏགས་པ།, མིང་ཙམ་ཁོ་ན།
Sanskrit: āgantukaṃ nāmadheyaṃ
g.1057
nameless
Wylie: ming med pa
Tibetan: མིང་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anāmaka
g.1058
nānāruta­pada­vyañjanābhinirhāra
Wylie: sgra dang tshig dang ’bru sna tshogs sgrub pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་དང་ཚིག་དང་འབྲུ་སྣ་ཚོགས་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: nānāruta­pada­vyañjanābhinirhāra
Lit. “producing skill in [making] the variety of sounds, words, and syllables.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1059
Nandā
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: nandā
Lit. “Happiness.” Name of four lotus ponds, each located in one of the four gardens of the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.1060
Nandā
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: nandā
Lit. “Delight.” A world system in the direction above, where the buddha Nandaśrī now dwells.
g.1061
Nandadatta
Wylie: dga’ bas byin
Tibetan: དགའ་བས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: nandadatta
Lit. “Delight Given.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Nandā , in the direction above, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.1062
Nandaśrī
Wylie: dga’ ba’i dpal
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: nandaśrī
Lit. “Glorious Delight.” A buddha in a world system called Nandā , in the direction above.
g.1063
Nandottamā
Wylie: dga’ ba mchog
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་མཆོག
Sanskrit: nandottamā
Lit. “Supreme Happiness.” Name of four lotus ponds, each located in one of the four gardens of the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.1064
nandyāvarta
Wylie: g.yung drung ’khyil ba
Tibetan: གཡུང་དྲུང་འཁྱིལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nandyāvarta
Lit. “Nandi the bull’s curl.” One of the symbols adorning the palms of the hands and soles of the feet of the buddhas. Together with the śrīvatsa and svastika, it forms the eightieth minor sign. It is a symbol of auspiciousness.
g.1065
natural state
Wylie: chos nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā
See “true nature of dharmas.”
g.1066
natural state not robbed of mindfulness
Wylie: bsnyel ba mi mnga’ ba’i chos nyid
Tibetan: བསྙེལ་བ་མི་མངའ་བའི་ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: asaṃpramoṣa­dharmatā
g.1067
natural-bed user
Wylie: gzhi ji bzhin pa
Tibetan: གཞི་ཇི་བཞིན་པ།
Sanskrit: yathā­saṃstarika
g.1068
naturally childish disposition
Wylie: byis pa’i rang bzhin can
Tibetan: བྱིས་པའི་རང་བཞིན་ཅན།
Sanskrit: bāla­jātīyaḥ
g.1069
naturally gentle soul
Wylie: rang bzhin gyis thugs ’jam pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་ཐུགས་འཇམ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: svabhāva­mṛdhu­citta
g.1070
nature from something else
Wylie: gzhan gyi dngos po
Tibetan: གཞན་གྱི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: parabhāva
g.1071
neither perception nor nonperception
Wylie: ’du shes med ’du shes med min
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན།
Sanskrit: naiva­saṃjñā­nāsaṃjñā
See “station of neither perception nor nonperception.”
g.1072
nine perceptions
Wylie: ’du shes dgu
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་དགུ
Sanskrit: navasaṃjñā
The nine perceptions of the repulsive state of the body after death are here listed as the perception of a bloated corpse, the perception of it chopped in half or the cleaned-out-by-worms perception, the perception of it as putrid, the bloodied perception, the black-and-blue perception, the savaged perception, the torn-asunder perception, the bones perception, and the burnt-bones perception.
g.1073
nine places beings live
Wylie: sems can gyi gnas dgu
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གྱི་གནས་དགུ
The dung dkar tshig mdzod chen mo lists the nine as (1) among those with different (tha dad) bodies and perceptions, such as humans and some gods, (2) among those with different bodies and a single perception, such as the Brahmakāyika gods, (3) among those with a single body and different perceptions, such as the Ābhāsvara gods, (4) among those with a single body and a single perception, such as the Śubhakṛtsna gods, and (5) among beings in Asaṃjñisattva, (6) in the station of endless space, (7) in the station of endless consciousness, (8) in the station of nothing-at-all, and (9) in the station of neither perception nor nonperception.
g.1074
nine serial absorptions
Wylie: mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit: navānupūrva­vihāra­samāpatti
Nine states of concentration that one may attain during a human life, namely the four concentrations corresponding to the form realm, the four formless absorptions, and the attainment of the state of cessation.
g.1075
niradhiṣṭhāna
Wylie: gnas su bya ba med pa
Tibetan: གནས་སུ་བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niradhiṣṭhāna
Lit. “without anything to rest on” (Conze: “All Stability Stopped”). Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1076
Nirmāṇarati
Wylie: ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: nirmāṇarati
Lit. “Those Who Enjoy Magically Produced Creations.” The fifth of the six heavens of the desire realm; also the name of the gods living there. Its inhabitants magically create the objects of their own enjoyment.
g.1077
nirukti­nirdeśa­praveśa
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig bstan pa la ’jug pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་བསྟན་པ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirukti­nirdeśa­praveśa
Lit. “entry into the exposition of etymologies.” Name of a meditative stabilization. (Ghoṣa has niruktāniyata­praveśa.)
g.1078
nirukti­niyata­praveśa
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig la gdon mi za bar ’jug pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལ་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirukti­niyata­praveśa
Lit. “entry into certainty about the etymologies.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1079
nirvāṇa
Wylie: mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirvṛti
In Sanskrit, the term nirvāṇa literally means “extinguishment” and the Tibetan mya ngan las ’das pa literally means “gone beyond sorrow.” As a general term, it refers to the cessation of all suffering, afflicted mental states (kleśa), and causal processes (karman) that lead to rebirth and suffering in cyclic existence, as well as to the state in which all such rebirth and suffering has permanently ceased.More specifically, three main types of nirvāṇa are identified. (1) The first type of nirvāṇa, called nirvāṇa with remainder (sopadhiśeṣanirvāṇa), is the state in which arhats or buddhas have attained awakening but are still dependent on the conditioned aggregates until their lifespan is exhausted. (2) At the end of life, given that there are no more causes for rebirth, these aggregates cease and no new aggregates arise. What occurs then is called nirvāṇa without remainder ( anupadhiśeṣanirvāṇa), which refers to the unconditioned element (dhātu) of nirvāṇa in which there is no remainder of the aggregates. (3) The Mahāyāna teachings distinguish the final nirvāṇa of buddhas from that of arhats, the nirvāṇa of arhats not being considered ultimate. The buddhas attain what is called nonabiding nirvāṇa (apratiṣṭhitanirvāṇa), which transcends the extremes of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa, i.e., existence and peace. This is the nirvāṇa that is the goal of the Mahāyāna path.
g.1080
niścitta
Wylie: sems med pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niścitta
Lit. “without thoughts.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1081
Nityapramūdita
Wylie: rtag tu rab dga’
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་རབ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: nityapramūdita
Lit. “Always a Joy.” Name of one of four gardens in the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.1082
Nityaprayukta
Wylie: brtson pa mi gtong
Tibetan: བརྩོན་པ་མི་གཏོང་།
Sanskrit: nityaprayukta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1083
Nityodyukta
Wylie: rtag tu brtson
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་བརྩོན།
Sanskrit: nityodyukta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1084
Nityotkṣipta­hasta
Wylie: rtag tu phyag brkyang
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་ཕྱག་བརྐྱང་།
Sanskrit: nityotkṣipta­hasta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1085
Niyatā
Wylie: nges pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: niyatā
Lit. “Certain.” Name of four lotus ponds, each located in one of the four gardens of the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.1086
niyata­dhvaja­ketu
Wylie: nges pa’i rgyal mtshan tog
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཏོག
Sanskrit: niyata­dhvaja­ketu
Lit. “crest of the victory banner of certainty.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1087
no fixed position
Wylie: mi gnas pa
Tibetan: མི་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: aniḥśṛta, aniścita RS
g.1088
no intrinsic nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid med pa, rang bzhin med pa
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ།, རང་བཞིན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niḥsvabhāvatva, asvabhāva
g.1089
no knowledge
Wylie: shes pa ma yin pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: ajñāna
g.1090
no thought
Wylie: sems ma yin
Tibetan: སེམས་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: acitta
g.1091
no thought to hold back
Wylie: sems la ’dzin pa med pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ལ་འཛིན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anāgṛhītacitta
g.1092
noble
Wylie: ’phags pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ārya
A term of exaltation. See also “noble being.”
g.1093
noble being
Wylie: ’phags pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ārya
The Sanskrit ārya has the general meaning of a noble person, one of a higher class or caste. In Buddhist literature, depending on the context, it often means specifically one who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason. In particular, it applies to stream enterers, once-returners, non-returners, and worthy ones (arhats) and is also used as an epithet of bodhisattvas. In the five-path system, it refers to someone who has achieved at least the path of seeing (darśanamārga).
g.1094
noble discourses to do with deliverance
Wylie: gtam ’phags shing nges par ’byin pa
Tibetan: གཏམ་འཕགས་ཤིང་ངེས་པར་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: kathāṃ karoty āryāṃ nairyāṇikīṃ
g.1095
noble path
Wylie: ’phags pa’i lam
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: āryamārga
The noble eightfold path, enumerated in 16.­25, comprises (1) right view, (2) right idea, (3) right speech, (4) right conduct, (5) right livelihood, (6) right effort, (7) right mindfulness, and (8) right meditative stabilization.
g.1096
noble truth
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: āryasatya
See “four noble truths.”
g.1097
non-returner
Wylie: phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: anāgāmin
One who has achieved the third of the four levels of attainment on the śrāvaka path and who will no longer be reborn in the desire realm.
g.1098
nonaccumulation
Wylie: tshogs ma yin pa
Tibetan: ཚོགས་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anicaya
g.1099
nonapprehender
Wylie: dmigs su med par byed
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པར་བྱེད།
g.1100
nonarising
Wylie: kun nas ldang ba med pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ལྡང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aparyutthāna
g.1101
nonconforming order
Wylie: lugs dang mi ’thun pa, lugs ma yin pa
Tibetan: ལུགས་དང་མི་འཐུན་པ།, ལུགས་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pratiloma
g.1102
nonduality
Wylie: gnyis su med pa
Tibetan: གཉིས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: advaya
g.1103
nonexistence of a self in dharmas
Wylie: chos la bdag med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ལ་བདག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­nairātmya
g.1104
nonexistent thing
Wylie: dngos po med pa, dngos po ma mchis pa
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།, དངོས་པོ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhāva
g.1105
nonhuman
Wylie: mi ma yin
Tibetan: མི་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: amanuṣya
g.1106
nonhuman form
Wylie: mi ma yin par gyur pa
Tibetan: མི་མ་ཡིན་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: amanuṣyabhūta
g.1107
nonmaterial reality
Wylie: rdzas su ma mchis pa
Tibetan: རྫས་སུ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Things that are merely labelled through concepts or ideas.
g.1108
nonsense
Wylie: don dang mi ldan pa
Tibetan: དོན་དང་མི་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: anarthopa­saṃhita
g.1109
nose consciousness constituent
Wylie: sna’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: སྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇavijñānadhātu
One of the eighteen constituents.
g.1110
not a state of being
Wylie: med pa
Tibetan: མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asattva
g.1111
not affected by
Wylie: gos par mi ’gyur
Tibetan: གོས་པར་མི་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: na lipyate
g.1112
not amenable to language
Wylie: tha snyad ma mchis pa
Tibetan: ཐ་སྙད་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: apravyahāra RS
g.1113
not an agent
Wylie: bgyid pa ma lags
Tibetan: བགྱིད་པ་མ་ལགས།
Sanskrit: akārakṛ
g.1114
not apprehending
Wylie: mi dmigs pa
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: anupalambha
See “apprehend.”
g.1115
not bear malice
Wylie: kun nas mnar sems mi byed
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་མནར་སེམས་མི་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: na cittam āghātayati (āhan)
g.1116
not been cut apart
Wylie: gcad du med
Tibetan: གཅད་དུ་མེད།
Sanskrit: acchina
g.1117
not being able to be crushed
Wylie: thub pa med pa
Tibetan: ཐུབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anavamardya
g.1118
not being partaken of
Wylie: mi ’phrog pa
Tibetan: མི་འཕྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃhārya, apasaṃhāra
g.1119
not bringing in and not sending out as their way of being
Wylie: blang ba med pa dang dor ba med pa
Tibetan: བླང་བ་མེད་པ་དང་དོར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anāyūhāniryūha
g.1120
not causing all the dharmas to come into being
Wylie: chos thams cad la mngon par ’du byed pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāṇām anabhisaṃskāro
g.1121
not cut apart
Wylie: gcad du med pa
Tibetan: གཅད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: acchinna
g.1122
not distinguish
Wylie: rnam par mi shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་མི་ཤེས།
g.1123
not extinguished
Wylie: mi zad pa
Tibetan: མི་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣaya
g.1124
not fixed
Wylie: yang dag par gnas pa ma yin pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་གནས་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: apratiṣṭhita RS
g.1125
not found
Wylie: dmigs su ma mchis pa, mi dmigs
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་མ་མཆིས་པ།, མི་དམིགས།
Sanskrit: nopalabhyate
g.1126
not getting overheated
Wylie: gdung ba med pa
Tibetan: གདུང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anuddahana, anuddāha
g.1127
not grating
Wylie: mi tshugs
Tibetan: མི་ཚུགས།
Sanskrit: aneḍa, anelā
An attribute of speech.
g.1128
not have to guard against
Wylie: bsrung ba med pa
Tibetan: བསྲུང་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: arakṣya
g.1129
not joining
Wylie: phrad pa med pa
Tibetan: ཕྲད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ayoga
g.1130
not made
Wylie: ma byas pa
Tibetan: མ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṛta
g.1131
not mingling
Wylie: ’dre ba med pa
Tibetan: འདྲེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aśleṣa
g.1132
not necessarily destined
Wylie: ma nges pa
Tibetan: མ་ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: aniyata
g.1133
not needy
Wylie: ’dod pa chung
Tibetan: འདོད་པ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit: alpeccha
g.1134
not obey
Wylie: ’das
Tibetan: འདས།
Sanskrit: atikram
g.1135
not separated
Wylie: dang ma bral
Tibetan: དང་མ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit: avirahita
g.1136
not something about which you can speculate
Wylie: brtag par mi nus pa
Tibetan: བརྟག་པར་མི་ནུས་པ།
Sanskrit: atarkya
g.1137
not something that can be talked about
Wylie: rab tu brjod du med pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apravyāhārā
g.1138
not specifically qualified
Wylie: bye brag med pa
Tibetan: བྱེ་བྲག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aviśeṣa
g.1139
not suitable to be clung to
Wylie: lhag par chags par bya ba’i ’os ma yin pa
Tibetan: ལྷག་པར་ཆགས་པར་བྱ་བའི་འོས་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anadhya­vasāya­[dharma]­yogatā
g.1140
not the Dharma
Wylie: chos ma yin pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: adharma
g.1141
not things that have been settled down on
Wylie: mngon par zhen pa med pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhiniviṣṭa
g.1142
not truly real
Wylie: ma mchis pa
Tibetan: མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: asat
g.1143
not unsure
Wylie: som nyi mi za, nem nur med pa
Tibetan: སོམ་ཉི་མི་ཟ།, ནེམ་ནུར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niṣkāṅkṣā, nāsti kāṅkṣā
g.1144
not worthwhile
Wylie: snying po med pa
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asāra
g.1145
not zigzag
Wylie: ma yo bar gshegs pa
Tibetan: མ་ཡོ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: avakragātra
g.1146
nothing has changed places and nothing has been destroyed
Wylie: ’pho ba med pa dang ’jig pa med pa
Tibetan: འཕོ་བ་མེད་པ་དང་འཇིག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkrāntya­vināśitā
g.1147
nothing-at-all
Wylie: ci yang med pa
Tibetan: ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākiṃcintya
See “station of nothing-at-all.”
g.1148
nullify
Wylie: gsog tu bgyid pa
Tibetan: གསོག་ཏུ་བགྱིད་པ།
Sanskrit: ric RS
g.1149
objective support
Wylie: dmigs pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ālambana, ārambana
dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.
g.1150
obscuration
Wylie: sgrib pa
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ།
Sanskrit: āvaraṇa
The obscurations to liberation and omniscience. They are generally categorized as two types: affective obscurations (kleśāvaraṇa), the arising of afflictive emotions; and cognitive obscurations (jñeyāvaraṇa), those caused by misapprehension and incorrect understanding about the nature of reality. The term is used also as a reference to a set five hindrances on the path: longing for sense pleasures (Skt. kāmacchanda), malice (Skt. vyāpāda), sloth and torpor (Skt. styānamiddha), excitement and remorse (Skt. auddhatyakaukṛtya), and doubt (Skt. vicikitsā).
g.1151
obscure
Wylie: bsgrib
Tibetan: བསྒྲིབ།
Sanskrit: āvṛ
See “obscuration.”
g.1152
odd things with their bodies
Wylie: lus kyi ’gyur ba
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: kāyavikāra
g.1153
offering
Wylie: mchod pa
Tibetan: མཆོད་པ།
Sanskrit: pūjā
g.1154
offspring of the Śākya
Wylie: shAkya’i sras
Tibetan: ཤཱཀྱའི་སྲས།
Sanskrit: śākyaputrīya
The disciples of the Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.1155
old age and death
Wylie: rga shi
Tibetan: རྒ་ཤི།
Sanskrit: jarāmaraṇa
The twelfth link of dependent origination.
g.1156
omniscience
Wylie: thams cad mkhyen pa
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvajña
See “three types of omniscience.”
g.1157
once-returner
Wylie: lan cig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan: ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sakṛdāgāmin
One who has achieved the second of the four levels of attainment on the śrāvaka path and who will have only one more rebirth before attaining liberation.
g.1158
one born of Manu
Wylie: shed las skyes
Tibetan: ཤེད་ལས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: manuja
Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahā­bhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.
g.1159
one should not behave like those who are not habitually clean
Wylie: gtsang sbra mi byed pa’i bag spyad par mi bya
Tibetan: གཙང་སྦྲ་མི་བྱེད་པའི་བག་སྤྱད་པར་མི་བྱ།
Sanskrit: ’caukṣa­samudācāratā na pracārayitavyā
g.1160
one who does
Wylie: byed pa po
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: kāraka
g.1161
one who feels
Wylie: tshor ba po
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vedaka
g.1162
one who is beginning the work
Wylie: las dang po pa
Tibetan: ལས་དང་པོ་པ།
Sanskrit: ādikarmika
g.1163
one who knows
Wylie: shes pa po
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jānaka
g.1164
one who lives
Wylie: gso ba po, gso ba
Tibetan: གསོ་བ་པོ།, གསོ་བ།
Sanskrit: poṣa
g.1165
one who makes someone else do
Wylie: byed du ’jug pa po
Tibetan: བྱེད་དུ་འཇུག་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: kārayitṛ
g.1166
one who makes someone else feel
Wylie: tshor bar byed du ’jug pa po, tshor bar byed pa po
Tibetan: ཚོར་བར་བྱེད་དུ་འཇུག་པ་པོ།, ཚོར་བར་བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vedayitṛka
g.1167
one who motivates
Wylie: kun nas slong ba po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་སློང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samutthāpaka
g.1168
one who sees
Wylie: mthong ba po
Tibetan: མཐོང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit: paśyaka
g.1169
one who sleeps sitting up
Wylie: cog bu pa
Tibetan: ཅོག་བུ་པ།
Sanskrit: naiṣadyika
g.1170
onepointedness
Wylie: rtse gcig pa
Tibetan: རྩེ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekāgratā
g.1171
open-air dweller
Wylie: bla gab med pa
Tibetan: བླ་གབ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ābhyavakāśika
g.1172
opening for the production
Wylie: skye ba’i sgo
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: āyaṃ dvāram
g.1173
operates/occurs without the threefold intellectual apprehension
Wylie: blo rnam pa gsum du mi ’jug, blo rnam pa gsum du mi ’byung
Tibetan: བློ་རྣམ་པ་གསུམ་དུ་མི་འཇུག, བློ་རྣམ་པ་གསུམ་དུ་མི་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: trividhā buddhir na pravartate
g.1174
opponent
Wylie: phyir rgol ba
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་རྒོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: pratyarthika
g.1175
opportunity for speech designation
Wylie: tshig gi lam gyis gdags
Tibetan: ཚིག་གི་ལམ་གྱིས་གདགས།
Sanskrit: vāk­patha­prajñapti
g.1176
opportunity to hurt
Wylie: glags
Tibetan: གླགས།
Sanskrit: avatāra
g.1177
ordinary convention
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi tha snyad, tha snyad
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཐ་སྙད།, ཐ་སྙད།
Sanskrit: loka­vyavahāreṇa, vyavahāra
g.1178
ordinary foolish being
Wylie: byis pa so so’i skye bo
Tibetan: བྱིས་པ་སོ་སོའི་སྐྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit: bālapṛthagjana
g.1179
ordinary neutral phenomena
Wylie: lung du ma bstan pa’i chos rnams
Tibetan: ལུང་དུ་མ་བསྟན་པའི་ཆོས་རྣམས།
As listed in 11.­38, these are physical karma, verbal karma, and thinking-mind karma, the four great elements, the five faculties, the four formless absorptions, the aggregates, constituents, and sense fields, and maturation.
g.1180
ordinary person
Wylie: so so’i skye bo
Tibetan: སོ་སོའི་སྐྱེ་བོ།
Sanskrit: pṛthagjana
A person who has not had a perceptual experience of the truth and has therefore not achieved the state of a noble being.
g.1181
ordinary requirements
Wylie: ’jig rten pa’i ’tsho ba’i yo byad
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་འཚོ་བའི་ཡོ་བྱད།
Sanskrit: jīvitopakaraṇa
Food, drink, beds and seats, and medicines for sicknesses, tools, gems, pearls, beryl, conch shells, crystals, corals, silver, and gold‍. This is a list of requirements for sustaining oneself that differs from the requirements (yo byad, pariṣkāra) of an ordained person (robes, alms, beds and seats, and medicines for sicknesses). bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo gives ’tshog chas as an old word for ’tsho ba’i yo byad.
g.1182
ordinary right view
Wylie: ’jig rten pa’i yang dag pa’i lta ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: laukikī samyagdṛṣṭi
g.1183
ordinary state of being
Wylie: ’jig rten gnas pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: lokasaṃniveśa
g.1184
ordinary term and convention
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi brda dang tha snyad
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་བརྡ་དང་ཐ་སྙད།
Sanskrit: loka­saṃketa­vyavahāra
g.1185
ordinary things
Wylie: ’jig rten pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit: laukika
g.1186
ordinary unwholesome phenomena
Wylie: ’jig rten pa’i chos mi dge ba rnams
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས་མི་དགེ་བ་རྣམས།
As listed in 11.­37, these comprise the ten unwholesome actions‍— killing, stealing, illicit sex because of lust, lying, backbiting, insulting, babbling nonsense, coveting, malice, and wrong view‍—and also anger, bearing a grudge, dissembling, nursing pent-up anger, violence, jealousy, envy, and pride.
g.1187
organ for excreting is hidden in a sheath
Wylie: ’doms kyi lba ba sbubs su nub
Tibetan: འདོམས་ཀྱི་ལྦ་བ་སྦུབས་སུ་ནུབ།
Sanskrit: kośopagata­vasti­guhya
Mvy
g.1188
origination
Wylie: kun ’byung ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: samudaya
g.1189
outcast
Wylie: gdol pa
Tibetan: གདོལ་པ།
Sanskrit: caṇḍāla
The lowest and most disparaged class of people within the caste system of ancient India, they fall outside of the caste system altogether due to their low rank in society.
g.1190
outer emptiness
Wylie: phyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: bahirdhā­śūnyatā
One of the fourteen emptinesses and eighteen emptinesses
g.1191
outer limits of society
Wylie: mtha’ ’khob
Tibetan: མཐའ་འཁོབ།
Sanskrit: paryanta
I.e., those living beyond the pale of civilization, out of reach of the sacred Dharma.
g.1192
outflow
Wylie: zag pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ།
Sanskrit: āsrava
Literally, “to flow” or “to ooze.” Mental defilements or contaminations that “flow out” toward the objects of cyclic existence, binding us to them. Vasubandhu offers two alternative explanations of this term: “They cause beings to remain (āsayanti) within saṃsāra” and “They flow from the Summit of Existence down to the Avīci hell, out of the six wounds that are the sense fields” (Abhidharma­kośa­bhāṣya 5.40; Pradhan 1967, p. 308). The Summit of Existence (bhavāgra, srid pa’i rtse mo) is the highest point within saṃsāra, while the hell called Avīci (mnar med) is the lowest; the six sense fields (āyatana, skye mched) here refer to the five sense faculties plus the mind, i.e., the six internal sense fields.The metaphor explaining outflows (āsrava), rendered as “contaminated,” is a house with a faulty roof. But it does not simply mean that something from the outside, hatred or greed, drips in on the pristine mind of a person. Rather the drips come from within the person. They arise from unskillful mindsets that give rise to the afflictions, hence “outflows” rather than “inflows.”
g.1193
outflows dried up
Wylie: zag pa zad pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣīṇāsrava
See “outflows.”
g.1194
owner
Wylie: jo bo
Tibetan: ཇོ་བོ།
Sanskrit: svāmin
g.1195
owner
Wylie: bdag gi ba
Tibetan: བདག་གི་བ།
Sanskrit: ātman RS
g.1196
Padmā
Wylie: pad ma
Tibetan: པད་མ།
Sanskrit: padmā
Lit. “Lotus.” A world system in the direction below, where the buddha Padmaśrī now dwells.
g.1197
Padmahasta
Wylie: lag na pad ma
Tibetan: ལག་ན་པད་མ།
Sanskrit: padmahasta
Lit. “Lotus Handed.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Bodhi­maṇḍalālaṃkāra­su­rucitā, in the intermediate southeast direction, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.1198
Padmaśrī
Wylie: pad ma’i dpal
Tibetan: པད་མའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: padmaśrī
Lit. “Glory of the Lotus.” A buddha in a world system called Padmā, in the direction below.
g.1199
Padmāvatī
Wylie: pad ma can
Tibetan: པད་མ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: padmāvatī
Lit. “Endowed with Lotuses.” Name of the empire where the Buddha stayed in a previous life as a brahmin student , in the presence of the buddha Dīpaṃkara.
g.1200
Padmavatī
Wylie: pad ma can
Tibetan: པད་མ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: padmavatī
Lit. “Endowed with Lotuses.” The buddhafield of the tathāgata Samantakusuma where Mañjuśrī Kumārabhūta and the god Susthitamati also live.
g.1201
padmavyūha
Wylie: pad ma bkod pa
Tibetan: པད་མ་བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit: padmavyūha
Lit. “array of lotuses.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1202
Padmottama
Wylie: pad ma mchog
Tibetan: པད་མ་མཆོག
Sanskrit: padmottama
Lit. “Supreme Lotus.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Padmā, in the direction below, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.1203
Padmottaraśrī
Wylie: pad ma mchog gi dpal
Tibetan: པད་མ་མཆོག་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: padmottaraśrī
Lit. “Glorious Supreme Lotus.” A buddha in a world system called Bodhi­maṇḍalālaṃkāra­su­rucitā, in the intermediate southeast direction.
g.1204
palace
Wylie: khang bzangs
Tibetan: ཁང་བཟངས།
Sanskrit: prāsāda
g.1205
palace
Wylie: pho brang
Tibetan: ཕོ་བྲང་།
Sanskrit: rājadhāna
g.1206
palm tree
Wylie: ta la
Tibetan: ཏ་ལ།
Sanskrit: tāla
g.1207
paltry
Wylie: ngan ngon
Tibetan: ངན་ངོན།
Sanskrit: avaraka
g.1208
pārājika
Wylie: phas pham pa
Tibetan: ཕས་ཕམ་པ།
Sanskrit: pārājika
The pārājika are the first four defeats listed in the moral code of monks and nuns. Incurring a pārājika defeat entails exclusion from the order. Buddhaśrī 182b4–6 says a pārājika defeat is not as bad as a giving-up-bodhicitta defeat because a pārājika defeat is not absolutely wrong. Habituated behavior, lust and so on, causes the pārājika defeat, but it is not absolutely necessary that lust is the motivating factor when the activity is engaged in. So, the activity leading to a pārājika is not absolutely wrong and does not preclude bodhicitta.
g.1209
Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin
Wylie: gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan: གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin
Lit. “Those Who Control What Is Created by Others.” The sixth and highest heaven in the desire realm, so named because the inhabitants have power over the emanations of others.
g.1210
paricchedakara
Wylie: yongs su gcod pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: paricchedakara
Lit. “cutter.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1211
paripūrṇa­vimala­candra­prabha
Wylie: zla ba nya ba’i ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་ཉ་བའི་འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇa­vimala­candra­prabha
Lit. “light of the stainless full moon.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1212
Parīttābha
Wylie: ’od chung
Tibetan: འོད་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit: parīttābha
Lit. “Those Whose Radiated Light Is Circumscribed.” The fourth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa, it is listed as the first of the three heavens that correspond to the second of the four concentrations.
g.1213
Parīttaśubha
Wylie: dge chung
Tibetan: དགེ་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit: parīttaśubha
Lit. “Those Whose Virtue Is Circumscribed.” The seventh of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the first of the three heavens that correspond to the third of the four concentrations.
g.1214
park
Wylie: kun dga’ ra ba, skyed mos tshal
Tibetan: ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།, སྐྱེད་མོས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit: ārāma
Generally found within the limits of a town or city, an ārāma was a private citizen’s park, a pleasure grove, a pleasant garden‍—ārāma, in its etymology, is somewhat akin to what in English is expressed by the term “pleasance.” The Buddha and his disciples were offered several such ārāmas in which to dwell, which evolved into monasteries or vihāras. The term is still found in contemporary usage in names of Thai monasteries.
g.1215
pass away
Wylie: ’das
Tibetan: འདས།
Sanskrit: atyaya
g.1216
path of meditation
Wylie: bsgom pa’i lam
Tibetan: བསྒོམ་པའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: bhāvanāmārga
g.1217
path with pliancy
Wylie: shin tu sbyangs pa’i lam
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: prasrabdhi­mārga
g.1218
path without pliancy
Wylie: shin tu sbyangs pa ma yin pa’i lam
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: aprasrabdhi­mārga
g.1219
patience
Wylie: bzod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣānti
A term meaning acceptance, forbearance, or patience. As the third of the six perfections, patience is classified into three kinds: the capacity to tolerate abuse from sentient beings, to tolerate the hardships of the path to buddhahood, and to tolerate the profound nature of reality. As a term referring to a bodhisattva’s realization, dharmakṣānti (chos la bzod pa) can refer to the ways one becomes “receptive” to the nature of Dharma, and it can be an abbreviation of anutpattikadharmakṣānti, “forbearance for the unborn nature, or nonproduction, of dharmas.”Also rendered here as “forbearance.”
g.1220
pātragata
Wylie: snod du gyur pa
Tibetan: སྣོད་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: pātragata
Lit. “become a vessel.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1221
penetrating
Wylie: nges par ’byed pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nairvedika
g.1222
perception
Wylie: ’du shes
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: saṃjñā
The mental processes of recognizing and identifying the objects of the five senses and the mind. Third of the five aggregates.
g.1223
perception of a bloated corpse
Wylie: rnam par bam pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བམ་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: ādhmātaka, vyādhmātaka­saṃjñā
g.1224
perception of dry bones
Wylie: rus gong du ’du shes
Tibetan: རུས་གོང་དུ་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: asthisaṃjñā
g.1225
perception of form
Wylie: gzugs su ’du shes
Tibetan: གཟུགས་སུ་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: rūpasaṃjñā
g.1226
perception of it as putrid
Wylie: rnam par rnags pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྣགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vipūyaka­saṃjñā, viputika­saṃjñā
g.1227
perception of it chopped in half
Wylie: phyed du chad pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: ཕྱེད་དུ་ཆད་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vyāghātaka­saṃjñā
g.1228
perception of uncleanliness and so on in the examination of the body
Wylie: lus la so sor rtog pa mi sdug pa’i ’du shes la sogs pa
Tibetan: ལུས་ལ་སོ་སོར་རྟོག་པ་མི་སྡུག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས་ལ་སོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: aśubhādikāsu saṃjñāsu samucchraya­pratyavekṣaṇā
g.1229
perfect complete buddha
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbuddha
g.1230
perfect development
Wylie: yongs su grub pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: pariniṣpatti
g.1231
perfect human birth
Wylie: dal ba
Tibetan: དལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṣaṇa
g.1232
perfect meditative stabilization
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samyaksamādhi
Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1233
perfect moment/perfect human birth
Wylie: dal ba phun sum tshogs pa
Tibetan: དལ་བ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣaṇasampad
See n.­1126.
g.1234
perfect practice
Wylie: yang dag pa’i spyod pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: samyakcaryā
g.1235
perfect state
Wylie: phun sum tshogs pa, yang dag pa, yang dag pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ།, ཡང་དག་པ།, ཡང་དག་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sampad, sampatti, samyaktva
g.1236
perfected
Wylie: phun sum tshogs pa, yongs su grub pa
Tibetan: ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ།, ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: pariniṣpanna, pariniṣpatti RS
g.1237
perfection
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pāramitā
This term is used to refer to the main trainings of a bodhisattva. Because these trainings, when brought to perfection, lead one to transcend saṃsāra and reach the full awakening of a buddha, they receive the Sanskrit name pāramitā, meaning “perfection” or “gone to the farther shore.” They are listed as either six or ten.See “six perfections” and “ten perfections.”
g.1238
perfection of concentration
Wylie: bsam gtan gyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན་གྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dhyānapāramitā
Fifth of the six perfections.
g.1239
perfection of giving
Wylie: sbyin pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dānapāramitā
First of the six perfections.
g.1240
perfection of morality
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlapāramitā
Second of the six perfections.
g.1241
perfection of not apprehending anything
Wylie: mi dmigs pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: anupalambha­pāramitā
g.1242
perfection of patience
Wylie: bzod pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣāntipāramitā
Third of the six perfections.
g.1243
perfection of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: vīryapāramitā
Fourth of the six perfections.
g.1244
perfection of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñā­pāramitā
The sixth of the six perfections, it refers to the profound understanding of the emptiness of all phenomena, the realization of ultimate reality. It is often personified as a female deity, worshiped as the “Mother of All Buddhas” (sarva­jina­mātā).
g.1245
perfectly complete buddha
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: samyak­saṃ­buddha
g.1246
perfectly know
Wylie: yang dag par mkhyen
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་མཁྱེན།
g.1247
perfectly received
Wylie: legs par rdzogs
Tibetan: ལེགས་པར་རྫོགས།
Sanskrit: susamāpta
g.1248
perfectly reveal
Wylie: yang dag par ston pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃdarśayitṛ
g.1249
performance of miraculous power
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi yul, rdzu ’phrul bya ba
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་ཡུལ།, རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhividhi
g.1250
perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit: vīrya
The fourth of the six perfections, it is also among the seven limbs of awakening, the five faculties, the four legs of miraculous power, and the five powers. Also translated here as “effort.”
g.1251
person
Wylie: gang zag
Tibetan: གང་ཟག
Sanskrit: puruṣa
g.1252
person conjured up by magic
Wylie: sgyu ma’i skyes bu
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མའི་སྐྱེས་བུ།
Sanskrit: māyāpuruṣa
g.1253
person gifted with intelligence
Wylie: mkhas pa’i rang bzhin can
Tibetan: མཁས་པའི་རང་བཞིན་ཅན།
Sanskrit: paṇḍita­jātīyo
g.1254
personal heroic power
Wylie: skyes bu’i mthu
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུའི་མཐུ།
Sanskrit: puruṣakāra RS
g.1255
phenomenon
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
See “dharma.”
g.1256
phlegm
Wylie: bad kan
Tibetan: བད་ཀན།
Sanskrit: śleṣma
One of the three vital substances in the body, along with wind and bile, which result in good health when balanced and illness or less than optimal health when imbalanced.
g.1257
physical being
Wylie: sku
Tibetan: སྐུ།
Sanskrit: ātmabhāva
g.1258
physical form
Wylie: gzugs
Tibetan: གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: rūpa
g.1259
physical pleasure
Wylie: lus bde ba
Tibetan: ལུས་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit: kāyasukha
g.1260
physical remains
Wylie: sku gdung, ring bsrel
Tibetan: སྐུ་གདུང་།, རིང་བསྲེལ།
Sanskrit: śarīra, dhātu
g.1261
physical volitional factor
Wylie: lus kyi ’du byed
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་འདུ་བྱེད།
g.1262
physical weariness
Wylie: lus ngal ba
Tibetan: ལུས་ངལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kāya klānta
g.1263
pile up
Wylie: mngon par ’du byed
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: abhisaṃskāra
g.1264
place for greed
Wylie: ’dod chags kyi dngos po
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་ཀྱི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: rāgavastu
g.1265
places that preclude a perfect human birth
Wylie: mi khom pa
Tibetan: མི་ཁོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣaṇa
See also n.­1126.
g.1266
plantain tree
Wylie: chu shing
Tibetan: ཆུ་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit: kadalī
g.1267
play
Wylie: rtse
Tibetan: རྩེ།
Sanskrit: krīḍ
g.1268
pliability
Wylie: shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit: prasrabdhi, praśrabdhi
Fifth among the branches or limbs of awakening (Skt. bodhyaṅga); a condition of calm, clarity, and composure in mind and body that serves as an antidote to negativity and confers a mental and physical capacity that facilitates meditation and virtuous action.
g.1269
plucked out of thin air
Wylie: glo bur du
Tibetan: གློ་བུར་དུ།
Sanskrit: āgantuka
g.1270
plural word
Wylie: mang po’i tshig bla dags
Tibetan: མང་པོའི་ཚིག་བླ་དགས།
Sanskrit: bahvādhivacana
g.1271
pointless
Wylie: snying po med pa, snying por mi lta, snying po ma mchis pa
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་མེད་པ།, སྙིང་པོར་མི་ལྟ།, སྙིང་པོ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: asāra
g.1272
poisoned
Wylie: dug dang bcas pa
Tibetan: དུག་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit: saviṣa
g.1273
polluted
Wylie: sun ’byin pa
Tibetan: སུན་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dūṣin
g.1274
possessed
Wylie: byin gyis brlabs
Tibetan: བྱིན་གྱིས་བརླབས།
Sanskrit: adhiṣṭhita
g.1275
power
Wylie: stobs
Tibetan: སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: bala
g.1276
powers
Wylie: stobs
Tibetan: སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: bala
May refer to either the “five powers” (in lists after the “[five] faculties”) or the “ten powers of the tathāgatas.”
g.1277
prabhākara
Wylie: ’od byed pa
Tibetan: འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhākara
Lit. “illuminator.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1278
Prabhākarī
Wylie: ’od byed pa
Tibetan: འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhākarī
Lit. “Light Maker.” The third level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.1279
practice an adulterated practice
Wylie: ’dres par gnas
Tibetan: འདྲེས་པར་གནས།
Sanskrit: vyavakīrṇa­vihāreṇa viharasyati
g.1280
practice it for suchness
Wylie: de bzhin nyid du sgrub, de bzhin nyid la sgrub
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་དུ་སྒྲུབ།, དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་ལ་སྒྲུབ།
Sanskrit: tathatvāya pratipad
To practice “for suchness” or “in suchness” is, from the perspective of the perfection of wisdom, to practice the indivisible unity of the ultimate and conventional thought of awakening. See also n.­479.
g.1281
practiced incorrectly
Wylie: mi spyod pa
Tibetan: མི་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: apracāra
g.1282
practitioner of yoga
Wylie: rnal ’byor spyod pa
Tibetan: རྣལ་འབྱོར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: yogācāra
g.1283
praised by the wise
Wylie: mkhas pas bsngags pa
Tibetan: མཁས་པས་བསྔགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñapraśasta
g.1284
Prajāpati
Wylie: skye dgu’i bdag po
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajāpati
The “lord of creatures,” a Hindu god presiding over procreation and the protector of life.
g.1285
prajñāpradīpa
Wylie: shes rab sgron ma
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpradīpa
Lit. “wisdom lamp.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1286
prakṛtyavalokita
Wylie: rang bzhin rnam par bltas pa
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་རྣམ་པར་བལྟས་པ།
Sanskrit: prakṛtyavalokita
Lit. “has seen the basic nature.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1287
Pramuditā
Wylie: rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: pramuditā
Lit. “Joyful.” The first level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.1288
Prasenajit
Wylie: gsal rgyal
Tibetan: གསལ་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: praseṇajit
King of the country of Kośala, he reigned in the city of Śrāvastī (located in Northern India, in present-day Uttar Pradesh) at the time of the Buddha.
g.1289
pratyekabuddha
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: pratyekabuddha
Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.
g.1290
Pratyekabuddha level
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas sa
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ས།
Sanskrit: pratyekabuddhabhūmi
The eighth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels” and “pratyekabuddha.”
g.1291
pratyekabuddha’s awakening
Wylie: rang byang chub
Tibetan: རང་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: pratyekabodhi
See “pratyekabuddha.”
g.1292
prayer
Wylie: smon lam
Tibetan: སྨོན་ལམ།
Sanskrit: praṇidhāna
A declaration of one’s aspirations and vows, and/or an invocation and request of the buddhas, bodhisattvas, etc. It is also one of the ten perfections.
g.1293
preceptor
Wylie: mkhan po
Tibetan: མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit: upādhyāya
A person’s particular preceptor within the monastic tradition. They must have at least ten years of standing in the saṅgha, and their role is to confer ordination, to tend to the student, and to provide all the necessary requisites, therefore guiding that person for the taking of full vows and the maintenance of conduct and practice. This office was decreed by the Buddha so that aspirants would not have to receive ordination from the Buddha in person, and the Buddha identified two types: those who grant entry into the renunciate order and those who grant full ordination. The Tibetan translation mkhan po has also come to mean “a learned scholar,” the equivalent of a paṇḍita, but that is not the intended meaning in Indic Buddhist literature.
g.1294
precious chamberlain
Wylie: khyim bdag rin po che
Tibetan: ཁྱིམ་བདག་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: gṛhapatiratna
One of the seven precious treasures of a wheel-turning emperor.
g.1295
precious stone
Wylie: rin po che, rin chen
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ།, རིན་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: ratna
g.1296
prediction
Wylie: lung du bstan pa
Tibetan: ལུང་དུ་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: vyākaraṇa
Prophecies usually made by the Buddha or another tathāgata concerning the perfect awakening of one of their followers. A literary genre or category of works that contain such prophecies, listed as one of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma.
g.1297
preeminent state of a god
Wylie: lha’i che ba nyid
Tibetan: ལྷའི་ཆེ་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: devamahātyatā
g.1298
preeminent state of a human
Wylie: mi’i che ba nyid
Tibetan: མིའི་ཆེ་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: manuṣya­mahātyatā
g.1299
prerequisites
Wylie: yo byad
Tibetan: ཡོ་བྱད།
Sanskrit: upakaraṇam
g.1300
pride
Wylie: nga rgyal
Tibetan: ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: māna
g.1301
pride in being superior
Wylie: lhag pa’i nga rgyal
Tibetan: ལྷག་པའི་ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: adhimāna
g.1302
private part
Wylie: mdoms kyi sba ba
Tibetan: མདོམས་ཀྱི་སྦ་བ།
Sanskrit: vastiguhya
g.1303
privileged
Wylie: rab
Tibetan: རབ།
Sanskrit: utkṛṣṭa RS
g.1304
proclaim the name
Wylie: ming yongs su brjod pa mdzad
Tibetan: མིང་ཡོངས་སུ་བརྗོད་པ་མཛད།
Sanskrit: nāmadheyaṃ parikīrtaya
g.1305
proclaimed morality
Wylie: rnam par rig byed kyi tshul khrims
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རིག་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: vijñaptiśīla
g.1306
producer
Wylie: skyed pa po
Tibetan: སྐྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jānakā RS
g.1307
production of a thought associated with nirvāṇa
Wylie: mya ngan las ’das pa dang ldan pa’i sems bskyed pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirvṛt­sahagataś cittotpādaḥ
g.1308
protector
Wylie: mgon
Tibetan: མགོན།
Sanskrit: nātha
g.1309
provides a definite escape
Wylie: nges par ’byung ba
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: nairyāṇika
g.1310
pṛthivī­dhātvaparyanta
Wylie: sa’i khams mu med pa
Tibetan: སའི་ཁམས་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: pṛthivī­dhātvaparyanta
Lit. “limitless earth element.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1311
Puṇyaprasava
Wylie: bsod nams skyes
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: puṇyaprasava
Lit. “Merit Born.” The eleventh of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍‍, or Śuddhāvāsa, it is listed as the second of the three heavens that correspond to the fourth of the four concentrations.
g.1312
pure from the beginning
Wylie: gzod ma nas rnam par dag pa, gzod nas dag pa
Tibetan: གཟོད་མ་ནས་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།, གཟོད་ནས་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: ādiviśuddhatva
g.1313
pure livelihood
Wylie: ’tsho ba yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: འཚོ་བ་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: pariśuddhījīva, pariśuddhājīva
g.1314
purification
Wylie: yongs su sbyang ba, yongs su sbyong ba, rnam par byang ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་སྦྱང་བ།, ཡོངས་སུ་སྦྱོང་བ།, རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ།
Sanskrit: parikarman, vyavadāna
g.1315
purification of a buddhafield
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi zhing yongs su dag par bgyid pa, sangs rgyas kyi zhing yongs su dag par byed pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པར་བགྱིད་པ།, སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: buddha­kṣetra­pariśodhana
g.1316
purified form
Wylie: rnam pa yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāraviśuddha
g.1317
purity of aspiration
Wylie: bsam pa rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: བསམ་པ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: āśaya­pariśuddhi
g.1318
Pūrṇa
Wylie: gang po
Tibetan: གང་པོ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇa
See “Pūrṇa Maitrāyaṇī­putra.”
g.1319
Pūrṇa Maitrāyaṇī­putra
Wylie: byams ma’i bu gang po
Tibetan: བྱམས་མའི་བུ་གང་པོ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇa­maitrāyaṇī­putra
One of the ten principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was the greatest in his ability to teach the Dharma.
g.1320
pursuing the career
Wylie: spyad pa spyod pa
Tibetan: སྤྱད་པ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: caryāṃ carataḥ
g.1321
Puṣpacitra
Wylie: me tog sna tshogs pa
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: puṣpacitra
Lit. “Different Flowers.” Name of one of four gardens in the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.1322
Puṣpākara
Wylie: me tog ’byung gnas
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: puṣpākara
Lit. “Flower Source.” Name of a future eon.
g.1323
put a stop to
Wylie: zlog
Tibetan: ཟློག
Sanskrit: pratibādh
g.1324
putting into practice the Dharma in its totality
Wylie: rjes su ’thun pa’i chos la spyod
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པའི་ཆོས་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: anudharma­cārin
g.1325
qualities of the ascetic
Wylie: sbyangs pa’i yon tan
Tibetan: སྦྱངས་པའི་ཡོན་ཏན།
Sanskrit: dhūtaguṇa
These are listed as twelve at 41.­6.
g.1326
quality
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
See “dharma.”
g.1327
rage
Wylie: khro ba, khong khro
Tibetan: ཁྲོ་བ།, ཁོང་ཁྲོ།
Sanskrit: krodha
g.1328
Rāhula
Wylie: sgra gcan zin
Tibetan: སྒྲ་གཅན་ཟིན།
Sanskrit: rāhula
Son of Prince Siddhārtha Gautama, who, when the latter attained awakening as the Buddha Śākyamuni, became a monk and eventually one of his foremost śrāvaka disciples.
g.1329
Rājagṛha
Wylie: rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit: rājagṛha
The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha‍—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)‍—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.
g.1330
rājamudra
Wylie: rgyal po’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: rājamudra
Lit. “Seal of the king.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1331
rajopagata
Wylie: rdul dang bral ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: rajopagata
Lit. “dust free.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1332
range of hearing
Wylie: rna lam
Tibetan: རྣ་ལམ།
Sanskrit: śrotāvabhāsa
g.1333
raśminirhāra
Wylie: ’od zer sgrub pa
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: raśminirhāra
Lit. “light-ray producer.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1334
raśmipramukha
Wylie: ’od zer rab tu ’gyed pa
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: raśmipramukha
Lit. “diffusion of light rays.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1335
ratijaha
Wylie: dga’ ba spong ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: ratijaha
Lit. “enjoyment forsaking” (other versions have ’khrug pa spong pa: “upset forsaking”). Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1336
ratikara
Wylie: dga’ ba byed pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ratikara
Lit. “causing delight.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1337
Ratnadatta
Wylie: rin chen byin
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: ratnadatta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1338
Ratnagarbha
Wylie: rin po ches byin
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: ratnagarbha
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1339
ratnajahā
Wylie: rin po che spong ba
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: ratnajahā
Lit. “jewel forsaking.” Other versions read raṇaṃjaha, nyon mongs ba med pa: “defilement forsaking.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1340
Ratnākara
Wylie: dkon mchog ’byung gnas, rin chen ’byung gnas
Tibetan: དཀོན་མཆོག་འབྱུང་གནས།, རིན་ཆེན་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: ratnākara
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1341
Ratnākara
Wylie: dkon mchog ’byung gnas, rin chen ’byung gnas
Tibetan: དཀོན་མཆོག་འབྱུང་གནས།, རིན་ཆེན་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: ratnākara
A buddha in a world system called Ratnāvatī, in the eastern direction.
g.1342
Ratnaketu
Wylie: rin po che tog
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: ratnaketu
A bodhisattva whose name is proclaimed by Śākyamuni.
g.1343
ratnakoṭi
Wylie: rin chen mtha’
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: ratna-koṭi
Lit. “jewel limit.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1344
ratnamudra
Wylie: rin chen phyag rgya
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: ratna-mudra
Lit. “jewel seal.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1345
Ratna­mudrā­hasta
Wylie: lag na phyag rgya rin po che
Tibetan: ལག་ན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: ratna­mudrā­hasta
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1346
Ratnārcis
Wylie: rin chen ’od ’phro
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ།
Sanskrit: ratnārcis
Lit. “Jewel Light.” A buddha in a world system called Upaśānta, in the western direction.
g.1347
Ratnāvatī
Wylie: rin chen can
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཅན།
Sanskrit: ratnāvatī
Lit. “Bejeweled.” A world system in the eastern direction, where the buddha Ratnākara now dwells.
g.1348
Ratnottama
Wylie: rin chen mchog
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཆོག
Sanskrit: ratnottama
Lit. “Supreme Jewel.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Vaśībhūtā, in the intermediate northwest direction, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.1349
real basis
Wylie: dngos po
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: vastu
Also rendered as “existent thing,” “real thing,” and “something that exists.”
g.1350
real thing
Wylie: dngos po
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhāva
Also rendered as “existent thing,” “something that exists,” and “real basis.”
g.1351
reality
Wylie: don
Tibetan: དོན།
Sanskrit: artha
The meaning or actuality of something.
g.1352
really destroyed
Wylie: rab tu ’jig
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་འཇིག
Sanskrit: praluj
g.1353
rebuke
Wylie: ’doms
Tibetan: འདོམས།
Sanskrit: avavad
g.1354
recite it from memory
Wylie: kha ton byed
Tibetan: ཁ་ཏོན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: svādhyāya
g.1355
recite them perfectly by heart
Wylie: g.yar ton shin tu byang bar bgyis
Tibetan: གཡར་ཏོན་ཤིན་ཏུ་བྱང་བར་བགྱིས།
Sanskrit: vacā paricita
g.1356
recollection
Wylie: rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: anusmṛti
g.1357
red lotus
Wylie: ku mu da, ut+pa la dmar po
Tibetan: ཀུ་མུ་ད།, ཨུཏྤ་ལ་དམར་པོ།
Sanskrit: kumuda
g.1358
reddish brown
Wylie: btsod, btsod ka
Tibetan: བཙོད།, བཙོད་ཀ
Sanskrit: mañjiṣṭhā
A distinctive shade of red common in ancient India, now known as “rose madder.” It is derived from the red dye made out of the root of the madder plant (Rubia manjista, Rubia tinctorum).
g.1359
reflection in the mirror
Wylie: gzugs brnyan
Tibetan: གཟུགས་བརྙན།
Sanskrit: pratibimba
g.1360
refuge
Wylie: skyabs
Tibetan: སྐྱབས།
Sanskrit: traṇa, śaraṇa
g.1361
refuse to associate with
Wylie: tshogs par mi ’byung ba
Tibetan: ཚོགས་པར་མི་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: asabhya
g.1362
refuse to associate with and swear at
Wylie: tshogs par mi ’byung ba’i tshig rtsub mo kun tu ’byin
Tibetan: ཚོགས་པར་མི་འབྱུང་བའི་ཚིག་རྩུབ་མོ་ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྱིན།
Sanskrit: asabhyābhiś ca paruṣābhir vāgbhiḥ samudācar
g.1363
refuse-rags wearer
Wylie: phyag dar khrod pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དར་ཁྲོད་པ།
Sanskrit: pāṃśukūlikaḥ
The ascetic practice of gathering discarded rags and using them to produce one’s own garments.
g.1364
region of ghosts
Wylie: yi dags kyi yul
Tibetan: ཡི་དགས་ཀྱི་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit: pretaviṣaya, pitṛviṣaya
g.1365
religious mendicant
Wylie: kun tu rgyu
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit: parivrājaka
A non-Buddhist religious mendicant who literally “roams around.” Historically, they wandered in India from ancient times, including the time of the Buddha, and held a variety of beliefs, engaging with one another in debate on a range of topics. Some of their metaphysical views are presented in the early Buddhist discourses of the Pali Canon. They included women in their number.
g.1366
reliquary
Wylie: mchod rten
Tibetan: མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: caitya
The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word, mchod rten, meaning “basis” or “recipient” of “offerings” or “veneration.” Pali: cetiya.A caitya, although often synonymous with stūpa, can also refer to any site, sanctuary or shrine that is made for veneration, and may or may not contain relics.A stūpa, literally “heap” or “mound,” is a mounded or circular structure usually containing relics of the Buddha or the masters of the past. It is considered to be a sacred object representing the awakened mind of a buddha, but the symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies throughout the Buddhist world. Stūpas continue to be erected today as objects of veneration and merit making.
g.1367
remaining physical constituents
Wylie: sku gdung gi ring bsrel
Tibetan: སྐུ་གདུང་གི་རིང་བསྲེལ།
g.1368
remains in an undifferentiated way
Wylie: dbyer med pa’i tshul gyis gnas
Tibetan: དབྱེར་མེད་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས་གནས།
g.1369
removed the thorns
Wylie: tsher ma bsal ba
Tibetan: ཚེར་མ་བསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: mardita­kaṇṭaka RS
g.1370
residual impression connection
Wylie: bag chags dang mtshams sbyor ba, bag chags kyi mtshams sbyor ba
Tibetan: བག་ཆགས་དང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར་བ།, བག་ཆགས་ཀྱི་མཚམས་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vāsanānusaṃdhi
g.1371
residual impressions
Wylie: bag chags
Tibetan: བག་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: vāsanā
Karmic traces or residues imprinted by past actions and constituting tendencies that predispose one to particular patterns of behavior.
g.1372
respond with the answer
Wylie: lan ldon
Tibetan: ལན་ལྡོན།
Sanskrit: visarjaya
g.1373
resting place
Wylie: gnas
Tibetan: གནས།
Sanskrit: layana
g.1374
restrain
Wylie: sdom, bsdam
Tibetan: སྡོམ།, བསྡམ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛ
g.1375
restraint morality
Wylie: sdom pa’i tshul khrims
Tibetan: སྡོམ་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: saṃvaraśīla
g.1376
result-recipient
Wylie: ’bras bu la gnas pa
Tibetan: འབྲས་བུ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: phalastha
g.1377
retainer
Wylie: phyi ’khor
Tibetan: ཕྱི་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: amātya
blon po is the usual Tibetan translation of amātya.
g.1378
Revata
Wylie: nam gru
Tibetan: ནམ་གྲུ།
Sanskrit: revata
A follower of Śāriputra (Malalasekera).
g.1379
reveal
Wylie: ston
Tibetan: སྟོན།
Sanskrit: darśaya
g.1380
revealer
Wylie: ston pa po
Tibetan: སྟོན་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit: paśyakā
g.1381
right effort
Wylie: yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyakvyāyāma
g.1382
right efforts
Wylie: yang dag pa’i spong ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: samyakprahāṇa
See “four right efforts.”
g.1383
right idea
Wylie: yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃkalpa
g.1384
robber
Wylie: chom rkun
Tibetan: ཆོམ་རྐུན།
Sanskrit: caura, dasyu
g.1385
root downfall
Wylie: ltung ba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan: ལྟུང་བའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit: mūlāpatti
The most severe of the five types of offenses a monastic can incur. A monastic who violates one of the four principal vows and thereby incurs a defeat is expelled from the saṅgha community. They are no longer entitled to participate in communal activities, nor are they entitled to enjoy its perquisites, such as food and lodging. The four are sexual intercourse, theft, murder, and claiming greater realization than one has. See also “pārājika.”
g.1386
royal caste
Wylie: rgyal rigs
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་རིགས།
Sanskrit: kṣatriya varṇa
The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.
g.1387
royal family
Wylie: rgyal rigs
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་རིགས།
Sanskrit: kṣatriya
The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.
g.1388
ruin
Wylie: chud gzon
Tibetan: ཆུད་གཟོན།
Sanskrit: naś
g.1389
rule
Wylie: sdom pa
Tibetan: སྡོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvara
g.1390
rūpāparyanta
Wylie: gzugs mu med pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: rūpāparyanta
Lit. “limitless form.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1391
rut
Wylie: shul
Tibetan: ཤུལ།
Sanskrit: mārga
g.1392
sacrifice
Wylie: mchod sbyin
Tibetan: མཆོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: yajña
g.1393
Sadāprarudita
Wylie: rtag tu ngu
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་ངུ།
Sanskrit: sadāprarudita
A bodhisattva famous for his quest for the Dharma and for his devotion to the teacher. It is told that Sadāprarudita, in order to make offerings to the bodhisattva Dharmodgata and request the Prajñāpāramitā teachings, sets out to sell his own flesh and blood. After receiving a first set of teachings, Sadāprarudita waits seven years for the bodhisattva Dharmodgata, his teacher, to emerge from meditation. When he receives signs this is about to happen, he wishes to prepare the ground for the teachings by settling the dust. Māra makes all the water disappear, so Sadāprarudita decides to use his own blood to settle the dust. He is said to be practicing in the presence of Buddha Bhīṣma­garjita­nirghoṣa­svara. His name means "Ever Weeping", on account of the numerous tears he shed until he found the teachings. His story is told in detail by the Buddha in The Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines (Toh 10, ch. 85–86), and can be found quoted in several works, such as The Words of My Perfect Teacher (kun bzang bla ma’i zhal lung) by Patrul Rinpoche.
g.1394
Sādhumatī
Wylie: legs pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: ལེགས་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: sādhumatī
Lit. “Auspicious Intellect.” The ninth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.1395
Sahā
Wylie: mi mjed
Tibetan: མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit: sahā
The name for our world system, the universe of a thousand million worlds, or trichiliocosm, in which the four-continent world is located. Each trichiliocosm is ruled by a god Brahmā; thus, in this context, he bears the title of Sahāṃpati, Lord of Sahā. The world system of Sahā, or Sahālokadhātu, is also described as the buddhafield of the Buddha Śākyamuni where he teaches the Dharma to beings. The name Sahā possibly derives from the Sanskrit √sah, “to bear, endure, or withstand.” It is often interpreted as alluding to the inhabitants of this world being able to endure the suffering they encounter. The Tibetan translation, mi mjed, follows along the same lines. It literally means “not painful,” in the sense that beings here are able to bear the suffering they experience.
g.1396
Sahāṃpati
Wylie: mi mjed kyi bdag po
Tibetan: མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: sahāṃpati
Epithet of Brahmā, head god of the Brahma heavens.
g.1397
Sahāṃpati Brahmā
Wylie: mi mjed kyi bdag po tshangs pa
Tibetan: མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ་ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit: sahāṃpatir brahmā
See ”Brahmā.”
g.1398
Śākya
Wylie: shAkya
Tibetan: ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit: śākya
Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.
g.1399
Śākyamuni
Wylie: shAkya thub pa
Tibetan: ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: śākyamuni
An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.
g.1400
Samādhi­hastyuttara­śrī
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi glang po dam pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་གླང་པོ་དམ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samādhi­hastyuttara­śrī
Lit. “Glorious Supreme Elephant of Meditative Stabilization.” A buddha in a world system called Samādhyalaṃkṛtā in the intermediate northeast direction.
g.1401
samādhirāja
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhirāja
Lit. “king of meditative stabilizations.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1402
samādhi­rāja­su­pratiṣṭhita
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin la rgyal po ltar rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ལ་རྒྱལ་པོ་ལྟར་རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: samādhi­rāja­su­pratiṣṭhita
Lit. “good standing like a king in meditative stabilization.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1403
samādhisamata
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: samādhisamata
Lit. “sameness meditative stabilization.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1404
Samādhyalaṃkṛtā
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyis brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: samādhyalaṃkṛtā
Lit. “Adorned with Meditative Stabilizations.” A world system in the intermediate northeast direction, where the buddha Samādhi­hastyuttara­śrī now dwells.
g.1405
samāhitāvasthā­pratiṣṭhāna
Wylie: mnyam par gzhag pa’i gnas la gnas pa
Tibetan: མཉམ་པར་གཞག་པའི་གནས་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: samāhitāvasthā­pratiṣṭhāna
Lit. “stationed in the absorption stage.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1406
samākṣarāvakāra
Wylie: yi ge mnyam par ’god pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་མཉམ་པར་འགོད་པ།
Sanskrit: samākṣarāvakāra
Lit. “sets down all syllables the same.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1407
Samantakusuma
Wylie: kun nas me tog
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: samantakusuma
Lit. “With Flowers Everywhere.” The tathāgata in the buddhafield Padmavatī.
g.1408
Samantaraśmi
Wylie: kun nas ’od
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་འོད།
Sanskrit: samantaraśmi
Lit. “Rays All Around.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Ratnāvatī, in the eastern direction, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.1409
samantāvabhāsa
Wylie: kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsa
Lit. “total illumination.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1410
samantāvaloka
Wylie: kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantāvaloka
Lit. “total light.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1411
same attitude of mind
Wylie: sems mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: སེམས་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: samacittatā
g.1412
sameness
Wylie: mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: samatā
The fact that while all phenomena appear differently, they nonetheless share an identical nature.
g.1413
saṃjñāparyanta
Wylie: ’du shes mu med pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃjñāparyanta
Lit. “limitless perception.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1414
saṃsāra
Wylie: ’khor ba
Tibetan: འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃsāra
A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterized by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.
g.1415
saṃskārāparyanta
Wylie: ’du byed mu med pa
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃskārāparyanta
Lit. “limitless volitional factors.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1416
Saṃtuṣita
Wylie: yongs su dga’ ldan
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: saṃtuṣita
Head of the Tuṣita gods.
g.1417
samudgata
Wylie: yang dag par ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: samudgata
Lit. “truly noble.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1418
samudrāparyanta
Wylie: rgya mtsho mu med pa
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོ་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: samudrāparyanta
Lit. “limitless ocean.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1419
samyaktva­mithyātva­sarva­saṃgrasana
Wylie: yang dag pa dang log pa thams cad yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་དང་ལོག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyaktva­mithyātva­sarva­saṃgrasana
Lit. “eliminator of all right and wrong.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1420
saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit: saṅgha
Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities‍—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen‍—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community. Also rendered here as “community.”
g.1421
sapphire
Wylie: an da rnyil
Tibetan: ཨན་ད་རྙིལ།
Sanskrit: indranīla
g.1422
sāravatin
Wylie: snying po dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sāravatin
Lit. “having a core.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1423
sarcastically compliment
Wylie: sting
Tibetan: སྟིང་།
Sanskrit: ullap
g.1424
Śāriputra
Wylie: shA ri’i bu
Tibetan: ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: śāriputra
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his discipline and for having been praised by the Buddha as foremost of the wise (often paired with Maudgalyā­yana, who was praised as foremost in the capacity for miraculous powers). His father, Tiṣya, to honor Śāriputra’s mother, Śārikā, named him Śāradvatīputra, or, in its contracted form, Śāriputra, meaning “Śārikā’s Son.”
g.1425
sarva­dharmābhyudgata
Wylie: chos thams cad las mngon par ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmābhyudgata
Lit. “that has risen above all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1426
sarva­dharmācalana
Wylie: chos thams cad g.yo ba med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmācalana
Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1427
sarva­dharmācintya
Wylie: chos thams cad bsam gyis mi khyab
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmācintya
Lit. “inconceivability of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1428
sarva­dharma­dhāraṇī­mukha­mudra
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi gzungs kyi sgo’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­dhāraṇī­mukha­mudra
Lit. “seal of the dhāraṇī gateway for all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1429
sarva­dharmaikarasa
Wylie: chos thams cad ro gcig pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རོ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmaikarasa
Lit. “the one taste of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1430
sarva­dharma­jñānādhivāsana­praveśa
Wylie: chos thams cad shes pa’i bzod pa la ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པའི་བཟོད་པ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­jñānādhivāsana­praveśa
Lit. “entry into knowledge forbearance for all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1431
sarva­dharmājñānāpagata
Wylie: chos thams cad mi shes pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་ཤེས་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmājñānāpagata
Lit. “separated from not knowing all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1432
sarva­dharmājñāna­vidhvaṃsana
Wylie: chos thams cad mi shes pa sel ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་ཤེས་པ་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmājñāna­vidhvaṃsana
Lit. “shattering ignorance of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1433
sarva­dharmāmanana
Wylie: chos thams cad rlom sems med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རློམ་སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāmanana
Lit. “without conceit for any dharma.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1434
sarva­dharma­mudra
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­mudra
Lit. “seal of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1435
sarva­dharma­mudrāgata
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi phyag rgyar gyur pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­mudrāgata
Lit. “become exalted among all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1436
sarva­dharmānāvaraṇa­koṭi
Wylie: chos thams cad la sgrib pa med pa’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་སྒྲིབ་པ་མེད་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmānāvaraṇa­koṭi
Lit. “unobstructed limit of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1437
sarva­dharma­nimittāpagata
Wylie: chos thams cad mtshan ma dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཚན་མ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nimittāpagata
Lit. “separated from all causal signs.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1438
sarva­dharma­nirnānātva
Wylie: chos thams cad tha dad pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཐ་དད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nirnānātva
Lit. “where all dharmas are in a state without difference.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1439
sarva­dharmānirodha
Wylie: chos thams cad ’gag pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་འགག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmānirodha
Lit. “where all dharmas are in a state without cessation.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1440
sarva­dharma­nirukti­niyata­praveśa
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi nges pa’i tshig la gdon mi za bar ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལ་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nirukti­niyata­praveśa
Lit. “entry into certainty about the etymologies of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1441
sarva­dharma­nirvedhaka
Wylie: chos thams cad la nges par ’bigs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ངེས་པར་འབིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nirvedhaka
Lit. “piercer of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1442
sarva­dharma­nirvikāra­darśin
Wylie: chos thams cad ’gyur ba med par mthong ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པར་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nirvikāra­darśin
Lit. “seeing all dharmas as unchanging.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1443
sarva­dharma­nirviśeṣa­darśin
Wylie: chos thams cad bye brag med par lta ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་བྱེ་བྲག་མེད་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nirviśeṣa­darśin
Lit. “that sees all dharmas without particularizing them.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1444
sarva­dharma­niśceṣṭa
Wylie: chos thams cad byed pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་བྱེད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­niśceṣṭa
Lit. “where all dharmas are motionless.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1445
sarva­dharmānupalabdhi
Wylie: chos thams cad mi dmigs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmānupalabdhi
Lit. “all dharmas are not found.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1446
sarva­dharmānutpāda
Wylie: chos thams cad skye ba med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmānutpāda
Lit. “nonproduction of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1447
sarva­dharma­pada­prabheda
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi tshig rab tu ’byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཚིག་རབ་ཏུ་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­pada­prabheda
Lit. “sorts out the words for all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1448
sarva­dharmāparigṛhīta
Wylie: chos thams cad yongs su ma bzung ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡོངས་སུ་མ་བཟུང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāparigṛhīta
Lit. “all dharmas not fully grasped.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1449
sarva­dharmāparyanta
Wylie: chos thams cad mu med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāparyanta
Lit. “the limitlessness of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1450
sarva­dharma­praveśa­mudra
Wylie: chos thams cad la ’jug pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­praveśa­mudra
Lit. “seal of entry into all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1451
sarva­dharma­praveśa­mukha
Wylie: chos thams cad la ’jug pa’i sgo
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­praveśa­mukha
Lit. “gateway of the entry into all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1452
sarva­dharma­samatā
Wylie: chos thams cad mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samatā
Lit. “sameness of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1453
sarva­dharma­samavasaraṇākāra­mudra
Wylie: chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba’i rnam pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བའི་རྣམ་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samavasaraṇākāra­mudra
Lit. “seal in a form in which all dharmas are united.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1454
sarva­dharma­samavasaraṇa­sāgara­mudra
Wylie: chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba rgya mtsho’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samavasaraṇa­sāgara­mudrā
Lit. “ocean seal in which all dharmas are united.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1455
sarva­dharma­samavasaraṇa­samudra
Wylie: chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba rgya mtsho
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samavasaraṇa­samudra
Lit. “ocean in which all dharmas are united.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1456
sarva­dharmāsaṃbheda
Wylie: chos thams cad ma ’dres pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāsaṃbheda
Lit. “unadulterated nature of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1457
sarva­dharmāsaṃpramoṣa
Wylie: chos thams cad brjed pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་བརྗེད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāsaṃpramoṣa
Lit. “does not forget all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1458
sarva­dharmāstambhita
Wylie: chos thams cad khengs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཁེངས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāstambhita
Lit. “without arrogance toward any dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1459
sarva­dharma­svabhāvānupalabdhi
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi ngo bo nyid mi dmigs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མི་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­svabhāvānupalabdhi
Lit. “where the intrinsic nature of all dharmas cannot be found.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1460
sarva­dharma­svabhāva­vyavalokana
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi ngo bo nyid la rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་ལ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­svabhāva­vyavalokana
Lit. “looking at the intrinsic nature of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1461
sarva­dharma­tamopagata
Wylie: chos thams cad mun pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མུན་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­tamopagata
Lit. “where all dharmas are free from darkness.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1462
sarva­dharmātikramaṇa
Wylie: chos thams cad las ’da’ ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་འདའ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmātikramaṇa
Lit. “gone beyond all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1463
sarva­dharmātma­bhāvānabhinirhāra
Wylie: chos thams cad bdag gi dngos po mi sgrub pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་བདག་གི་དངོས་པོ་མི་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmātma­bhāvānabhinirhāra
Lit. “does not establish the essential nature in all phenomena.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1464
sarva­dharmāvabhāsa­kara
Wylie: chos thams cad snang bar byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྣང་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāvabhāsa­kara
Lit. “illuminator of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1465
sarva­dharmāvibhāvanāsamatā
Wylie: chos thams cad rnam par ’jig pa mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པ་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmāvibhāvanāsamatā
Lit. “sameness of the destruction of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1466
sarva­dharma­vibhava­samudra
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi ’byor pa rgya mtsho
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འབྱོར་པ་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­vibhava­samudra
Lit. “ocean of the wealth of all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1467
sarva­dharma­vipaśyana
Wylie: chos thams cad la rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­vipaśyana
Lit. “giving insight into all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1468
sarva­dharma­vivikta
Wylie: chos thams cad dben
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་དབེན།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­vivikta
Lit. “isolation of all dharmas.”Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1469
sarva­dharmodgata
Wylie: chos thams cad las shin tu ’phags
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕགས།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmodgata
Lit. “superior to all dharmas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1470
sarva­dṛṣṭi­kṛta­gahana­vivarjita
Wylie: lta bar gyur pa thibs po thams cad rnam par spong ba
Tibetan: ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ་ཐིབས་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dṛṣṭi­kṛta­gahana­vivarjita
Lit. “extricated from the thicket of all the distortions.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1471
sarva­giri­ghoṣākṣara­vimukta
Wylie: sgra dbyangs kyi yi ge thams cad dang bral ba
Tibetan: སྒྲ་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡི་གེ་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­giri­ghoṣākṣara­vimukta
Lit. “free from all sound and voiced syllables.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1472
sarva­guṇa­saṃcaya
Wylie: yon tan thams cad kyi tshogs su gyur pa
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཚོགས་སུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­guṇa­saṃcaya
Lit. “collection of all good qualities.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1473
sarvākāra­prabhākara
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad du ’od byed pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākāra­prabhākara
Lit. “total illuminator.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1474
sarvākāra­varopeta
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad kyi mchog dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākāra­varopeta
Lit. “furnished with the supreme of all aspects.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1475
sarva­kausīdyāpagata
Wylie: le lo thams cad dang bral ba
Tibetan: ལེ་ལོ་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­kausīdyāpagata
Lit. “separated from all laziness.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1476
sarva­kleśa­nirdahana
Wylie: nyon mongs pa thams cad nges par sreg pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ངེས་པར་སྲེག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­kleśa­nirdahana
Lit. “burns all afflictive emotions.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1477
sarva­loka­prabhākara
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad du ’od byed pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­loka­prabhākara
Lit. “illuminator of all worlds.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1478
sarva­rodha­nirodha­saṃpraśamana
Wylie: ’gal ba dang ’gog pa thams cad yang dag par zhi ba
Tibetan: འགལ་བ་དང་འགོག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­rodha­nirodha­saṃpraśamana
Lit. “pacifier of all obstruction and stopping.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1479
sarva­saṃketa­rūta­praveśa
Wylie: brda dang sgra thams cad la ’jug pa
Tibetan: བརྡ་དང་སྒྲ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­saṃketa­rūta­praveśa
Lit. “entry into all terms and sounds.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1480
sarva­saṅga­vimukta
Wylie: chags pa thams cad las rnam par grol ba
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­saṅga­vimukta
Lit. “free from all attachments.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1481
sarva­sārānugata
Wylie: snying po thams cad kyi rjes su song ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sārānugata
Lit. “following all essences.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1482
sarva­sattvābhibhavana
Wylie: sems can thams cad zil gyis gnon pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattvābhibhavana
Lit. “overcomes all beings.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1483
sarva­sattvābhipramodana
Wylie: sems can thams cad mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattvābhipramodana
Lit. “that delights all beings.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1484
sarva­sattva­ruta­kauśalyānugata
Wylie: sems can thams cad kyi sgra la mkhas pa’i rjes su song ba
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྒྲ་ལ་མཁས་པའི་རྗེས་སུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattva­ruta­kauśalyānugata
Lit. “following the knowledge of sounds of all beings.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1485
sarva­sattva­ruta­nirhāra
Wylie: sems can thams cad kyi sgra sgrub pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྒྲ་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattva­ruta­nirhāra
Lit. “that produces the sounds of all beings.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1486
Sarva­śokāpagata
Wylie: mya ngan thams cad med pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་ཐམས་ཅད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­śokāpagata
Lit. “Free from All Sorrow.” A world system in the southern direction, where the buddha Aśokaśrī dwells.
g.1487
sarva­sukha­duḥkha­nirabhinandin
Wylie: bde ba dang sdug bsngal thams cad la mngon par dga’ ba med pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བ་དང་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sukha­duḥkha­nirabhinandin
Lit. “not taking pleasure in any happiness or suffering.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1488
Śatakratu
Wylie: brgya byin
Tibetan: བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: śakra, śatakratu
The lord of the gods in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (trāyastriṃśa). Alternatively known as Indra, the deity that is called “lord of the gods” dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu, one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra. Also known by other names such as Kauśika, Devendra, and Śacipati.
g.1489
satisfied by mental work
Wylie: yid la byed pas tshim par gyur pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པས་ཚིམ་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: manasikara­tarpita
g.1490
satisfy
Wylie: tshim par byed
Tibetan: ཚིམ་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: saṃtṛp (saṃtarpaya)
g.1491
savage
Wylie: gdol pa
Tibetan: གདོལ་པ།
Sanskrit: caṇḍāla
Also rendered here as “outcast.”
g.1492
savaged perception
Wylie: rnam par zos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཟོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vikhāditaka­saṃjñā
g.1493
saw exactly what was going on
Wylie: nges par rtogs pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: avakalpanā
Mvy
g.1494
scorpion
Wylie: sdig pa
Tibetan: སྡིག་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛścika
g.1495
scoundrel
Wylie: g.yon can
Tibetan: གཡོན་ཅན།
Sanskrit: dhūrtaka
g.1496
seer
Wylie: drang srong
Tibetan: དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit: ṛṣi
“Sage.” An ancient Indian spiritual title, especially for divinely inspired individuals credited with creating the foundations for all Indian culture.
g.1497
seize on
Wylie: ’dzin
Tibetan: འཛིན།
Sanskrit: udgrah
g.1498
seizing on the unreal
Wylie: yang dag pa ma yin pa la ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: abhūtagraha
g.1499
self-confidence
Wylie: bag tsha ba med pa
Tibetan: བག་ཚ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: acchambī
g.1500
self-grasping
Wylie: bdag tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan: བདག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: ātmagraha
g.1501
self-originated
Wylie: rang byung
Tibetan: རང་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit: svayambhū
g.1502
self-originated state
Wylie: rang byung nyid
Tibetan: རང་བྱུང་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svayaṃbhūtva
g.1503
sense faculty
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indriya
g.1504
sense field
Wylie: skye mched
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: āyatana
Twelve sense fields: the six sensory faculties (the eyes, nose, ear, tongue, body, and mind), which form in the womb and eventually have contact with the external six bases of sensory perception (form, smell, sound, taste, touch, and phenomena). In another context in this sūtra, āyatana refers to the four formless absorptions.
g.1505
sense gratification
Wylie: ’dod pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kāma
g.1506
sense objects
Wylie: ’dod pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kāma, kāmaguṇa
g.1507
separated
Wylie: bral ba, ’bral ba
Tibetan: བྲལ་བ།, འབྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vigata, viyukta
g.1508
separated from a maker
Wylie: byed pa po dang bral ba
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་པོ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kārakavirahita
g.1509
separated from an intrinsic nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid dang bral, rang bzhin dang bral
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་དང་བྲལ།, རང་བཞིན་དང་བྲལ།
Sanskrit: svabhāvarahita
g.1510
serene confidence
Wylie: dang ba
Tibetan: དང་བ།
Sanskrit: prasāda
g.1511
serene mental confidence
Wylie: sems rab tu dang bar gyur pa
Tibetan: སེམས་རབ་ཏུ་དང་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: cittaprasāda
g.1512
serves as the cause
Wylie: rgyur gyur
Tibetan: རྒྱུར་གྱུར།
Sanskrit: kāraṇabhūta RS
g.1513
serves as the condition
Wylie: rkyen du gyur
Tibetan: རྐྱེན་དུ་གྱུར།
g.1514
serves as the force
Wylie: stobs par gyur
Tibetan: སྟོབས་པར་གྱུར།
g.1515
serves as the foundation
Wylie: rten du gyur
Tibetan: རྟེན་དུ་གྱུར།
Sanskrit: āśrayabhūta
g.1516
settle down on as real
Wylie: mngon par zhen
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཞེན།
Sanskrit: abhiniviś
g.1517
settlement
Wylie: grong
Tibetan: གྲོང་།
Sanskrit: grāma
g.1518
seven emptinesses
Wylie: stong pa nyid bdun
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བདུན།
The seven emptinesses are of the aggregates, sense fields, constituents, truths, dependent origination, all dharmas in the sense of dharmas taken as a totality, and compounded and uncompounded dharmas.
g.1519
seven limbs of awakening
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit: sapta­bodhyaṅga
The set of seven factors or aspects that characteristically manifest on the path of seeing: (1) mindfulness (smṛti, dran pa), (2) examination of dharmas (dharmapravicaya, chos rab tu rnam ’byed/shes rab), (3) perseverance (vīrya, brtson ’grus), (4) joy (prīti, dga’ ba), (5) mental and physical pliability (praśrabdhi, shin sbyangs), (6) meditative stabilization (samādhi, ting nge ’dzin), and (7) equanimity (upekṣā, btang snyoms).
g.1520
seven precious stones
Wylie: rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptaratna
Haribhadra lists the seven precious stones as coral, turquoise, silver, crystal, gold, ruby, and emerald.
g.1521
seven precious treasures
Wylie: rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptaratna
The wheel, queen, minister, horse, elephant, general, and jewel. In the list at 63.­17, “chamberlain” is added.
g.1522
seven riches
Wylie: nor bdun
Tibetan: ནོར་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptadhana
The seven riches of noble beings: faith, morality, generosity, learning, modesty, humility, and wisdom.
g.1523
sex organ
Wylie: mtshan
Tibetan: མཚན།
Sanskrit: vyañjana
g.1524
sheep-like obtuseness
Wylie: lug ltar lkugs pa
Tibetan: ལུག་ལྟར་ལྐུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: eḍamūka
g.1525
should think carefully about
Wylie: rnam par spyad par bgyi
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྤྱད་པར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit: vyavacārayitavya, vyavacāraya
g.1526
shoulders are well rounded
Wylie: dpung mgo legs par grub pa
Tibetan: དཔུང་མགོ་ལེགས་པར་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: susaṃvṛta­skandha
g.1527
shut down
Wylie: ’gag
Tibetan: འགག
Sanskrit: niruddha
g.1528
sign
Wylie: mtshan ma
Tibetan: མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit: nimitta
g.1529
signlessness
Wylie: mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ānimitta, animitta
g.1530
signs presaging
Wylie: snga ltas
Tibetan: སྔ་ལྟས།
Sanskrit: pūrvāni nimittāni
g.1531
Śikhin
Wylie: gtsug tor can
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit: śikhin
A bodhisattva whose name is proclaimed by Śākyamuni.
g.1532
siṃhābhigarjita
Wylie: seng ge mngon par bsgrags pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་མངོན་པར་བསྒྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃhābhigarjita
Lit. “lion’s roar.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1533
siṃha­vijṛmbhita
Wylie: seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃha­vijṛmbhita
Lit. “lion’s yawn.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1534
siṃhavikrīḍita
Wylie: seng ge rnam par rtse ba
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavikrīḍita
Lit. “lion’s play.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1535
simple folk
Wylie: byis pa
Tibetan: བྱིས་པ།
Sanskrit: bāla
g.1536
simpleton
Wylie: blo zhan pa
Tibetan: བློ་ཞན་པ།
Sanskrit: mandabuddhi RS
g.1537
simply remain
Wylie: gnas pa nyid
Tibetan: གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sthitaiva, sthita eva
g.1538
simultaneously
Wylie: snga phyi med par
Tibetan: སྔ་ཕྱི་མེད་པར།
Sanskrit: apūrvācaramaṃ
g.1539
single day
Wylie: gdugs gcig, nyin gcig, nyi ma gcig
Tibetan: གདུགས་གཅིག, ཉིན་གཅིག, ཉི་མ་གཅིག
Sanskrit: eka­devasika
gdugs gcig is an archaic word for “day.”
g.1540
single-sitter
Wylie: stan gcig pa
Tibetan: སྟན་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekāsanikaḥ
A “single-sitter” is one who eats only during a single sitting (per day).
g.1541
singular word
Wylie: gcig gi tshig bla dags
Tibetan: གཅིག་གི་ཚིག་བླ་དགས།
Sanskrit: ekādhivacana
g.1542
sister
Wylie: sring mo
Tibetan: སྲིང་མོ།
Sanskrit: bhaginī
g.1543
site of awakening
Wylie: byang chub kyi snying po
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bodhimaṇḍa
The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni achieved awakening and where every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world this is understood to be located under the Bodhi tree, the Vajrāsana, in present-day Bodhgaya, India. It can also refer to the state of awakening itself.
g.1544
six clairvoyances
Wylie: mngon par shes pa drug
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍābhijña
See “clairvoyances.”
g.1545
six faculties
Wylie: dbang po drug
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍindriya
The six sense faculties of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.
g.1546
six forms of life
Wylie: ’gro ba drug
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍgati
Life as a being in hell, an animal, a ghost, a human, an asura, and a god.
g.1547
six perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaṭpāramitā
The six practices or qualities that a follower of the Great Vehicle perfects in order to transcend cyclic existence and reach the full awakening of a buddha. They are giving, morality, patience, perseverance or effort, concentration, and wisdom. See also “perfection.”
g.1548
six principles of being liked
Wylie: yang dag par sdud par ’gyur ba’i chos drug
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྡུད་པར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཆོས་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaṭsaṃrañjanīya
Vasubandhu/Daṃṣṭrāsena’s Bṛhaṭṭīkā (4.­59) says these “are in the One Hundred Thousand” and lists them as “kindly physical action, kindly verbal action, kindly mental action, and a balanced morality, balanced view, and balanced livelihood.”
g.1549
six sense fields
Wylie: skye mched drug
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍāyatana
Fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination, it consists of the six sense organs (eyes, ears, nose, tongue, body, and thinking mind) together with their respective objects (forms, sounds, smells, tastes, touch, and dharmas).
g.1550
sixty-four vocational arts
Wylie: sgyu rtsal drug cu rtsa bzhi
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་རྩལ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: sarvāsu ca catuḥ­ṣaṣṭhiṣu kalāsu pariniṣpanna
These include writing and mathematics, and also different sports, crafts, dancing, acting, and the playing of various instruments.
g.1551
sixty-two views
Wylie: lta ba’i rnam pa drug cu rtsa gnyis, lta bar gyur pa drug cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan: ལྟ་བའི་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།, ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvāṣaṣṭidṛṣṛṭikṛta
The sixty-two false views, as enumerated in the Brahma­jāla­sūtra (tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo, Toh 352), comprise eighteen speculations concerning the past, based on theories of eternalism, partial eternalism, extensionism, endless equivocation, and fortuitous origination, as well as forty-four speculations concerning the future, based on percipient immortality, non-percipient immortality, neither percipient nor non-percipient immortality, annihilationism, and the immediate attainment of nirvāṇa in the present life.
g.1552
skandhamāra
Wylie: phung po’i bdud
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོའི་བདུད།
Sanskrit: skandhamāra
See “māra.”
g.1553
skill in the completion of the faculties
Wylie: dbang po yongs su rdzogs par bya ba la mkhas pa
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པར་བྱ་བ་ལ་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: indriya­paripūrī­kuśalatā
g.1554
skill in understanding sounds
Wylie: sgra shes pa la mkhas pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་ཤེས་པ་ལ་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: ruta­jñāna­kauśalya
g.1555
skilled at syllable accomplishment
Wylie: yi ge mngon par bsgrub pa la mkhas p
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་མངོན་པར་བསྒྲུབ་པ་ལ་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣara­nirhāra­kuśala
g.1556
skilled in the faculties
Wylie: dbang po la mkhas pa
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་ལ་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: indriya­kuśala
g.1557
smart
Wylie: mkhas rig, mkhas pa
Tibetan: མཁས་རིག, མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: vidu
g.1558
Śokavigata
Wylie: mya ngan bral
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་བྲལ།
Sanskrit: śokavigata
Lit. “Free from Sorrow.” Name of one of four gardens in the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.1559
something conjured up by magic
Wylie: sgyu ma
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit: māyā
g.1560
something really worthwhile
Wylie: snying po
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sāra
g.1561
something that does not exist
Wylie: dngos po med pa
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhāva
g.1562
something that exists
Wylie: dngos po
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhāva
g.1563
something to be known
Wylie: shes par bya, ’tshal bar bgyi
Tibetan: ཤེས་པར་བྱ།, འཚལ་བར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit: prajñāyate
g.1564
sometimes different
Wylie: mi mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: viṣama
g.1565
sorcerer
Wylie: rig sngags ’chang ba
Tibetan: རིག་སྔགས་འཆང་བ།
g.1566
sound called out
Wylie: sgra’i brjod pa
Tibetan: སྒྲའི་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ghoṣodāra RS
g.1567
southern region
Wylie: lho phyogs kyi rgyud
Tibetan: ལྷོ་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱུད།
Sanskrit: dakṣiṇāpatha
A region where the teachings on the perfection of wisdom will spread.
g.1568
sovereignty over an empire
Wylie: rgyal srid la dbang byed pa
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་སྲིད་ལ་དབང་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: cakra­varti­rājyādhipatya
g.1569
space element
Wylie: nam mkha’i khams
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ākāśadhātu
g.1570
space-like inexhaustible accomplishment
Wylie: nam mkha’ ltar mi zad pa mngon par bsgrub pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་མི་ཟད་པ་མངོན་པར་བསྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśākṣayābhinirhāra
g.1571
speak back to
Wylie: phyir zlog
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་ཟློག
Sanskrit: pratimantraya, prativacanaṃ dā RS
g.1572
speak falsely
Wylie: gzhan du gsung
Tibetan: གཞན་དུ་གསུང་།
Sanskrit: anyathavādin
g.1573
speak harshly
Wylie: tshig rtsub po smra
Tibetan: ཚིག་རྩུབ་པོ་སྨྲ།
Sanskrit: paruṣāṃ vācāṃ bhāṣ
g.1574
speak unkind words
Wylie: mi snyan par smra ba
Tibetan: མི་སྙན་པར་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: apriyaṃ vād
g.1575
speak untruthfully
Wylie: log par gsung
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་གསུང་།
Sanskrit: vitathavādin
g.1576
specific cognition
Wylie: so sor rnam par rig pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོར་རྣམ་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: prativijñapti
g.1577
specific feature
Wylie: bye brag
Tibetan: བྱེ་བྲག
Sanskrit: prativiśeṣa
g.1578
spectacle
Wylie: dge mtshan
Tibetan: དགེ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: kautūhala
g.1579
spell
Wylie: gsang sngags, sngags
Tibetan: གསང་སྔགས།, སྔགས།
Sanskrit: mantra
A formula of words or syllables that are recited aloud or mentally in order to bring about a magical or soteriological effect or result. The term has been interpretively etymologized to mean “that which protects (trā) the mind (man)”.
g.1580
spiritual friend
Wylie: dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: kalyāṇamitra
A spiritual teacher who can contribute to an individual’s progress on the spiritual path to awakening and act wholeheartedly for the welfare of students.
g.1581
spiritual superior
Wylie: bla ma
Tibetan: བླ་མ།
Sanskrit: guru
A spiritual teacher, in particular one with whom one has a personal teacher–student relationship.
g.1582
splendid array of a wheel-turning emperor
Wylie: ’khor los sgyur ba’i bkod pa
Tibetan: འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit: cakra­vartti­vyūha
g.1583
splendor
Wylie: byin, gzi brjid
Tibetan: བྱིན།, གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: tejas
g.1584
śramaṇa
Wylie: dge sbyong
Tibetan: དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit: śramaṇa
A general term applied to spiritual practitioners who live as ascetic mendicants. In Buddhist texts, the term usually refers to Buddhist monastics, but it can also designate a practitioner from other ascetic/monastic spiritual traditions. In this context śramaṇa is often contrasted with the term brāhmaṇa (bram ze), which refers broadly to followers of the Vedic tradition. Any renunciate, not just a Buddhist, could be referred to as a śramaṇa if they were not within the Vedic fold. The epithet Great Śramaṇa is often applied to the Buddha.
g.1585
śrāvaka
Wylie: nyan thos
Tibetan: ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit: śrāvaka
The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”
g.1586
Śreṇika
Wylie: bzo sbyangs
Tibetan: བཟོ་སྦྱངས།
Sanskrit: śreṇika
Lit. “Artisan Trainer.” A religious mendicant, a śrāvaka, who gained nirvāṇa by listening to this teaching on the perfection of wisdom. See also n.­165.
g.1587
śrīvatsa
Wylie: dpal be’u
Tibetan: དཔལ་བེའུ།
Sanskrit: śrīvatsa
Lit. “Lakṣmī’s calf.” One of the symbols adorning the palms of the hands and soles of the feet of the buddhas. Together with the svastika and nandyāvarta, it forms the eightieth minor sign. It is the endless knot, symbolizing compassion.
g.1588
śroto’nugata
Wylie: rgyun gyi rjes su song ba
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་གྱི་རྗེས་སུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: śroto ’nugata, srotānugata
Lit. “followed the stream.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1589
standing place
Wylie: gnas
Tibetan: གནས།
Sanskrit: sthāna
g.1590
state in which affliction is not produced
Wylie: nyon mongs pa mi skye ba nyid
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མི་སྐྱེ་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: kleśānutpattitā
g.1591
state in which all dharmas are just so
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmānāṃ tathatā
Also rendered as the “suchness of all dharmas.”
g.1592
state in which knowledge does not leave anything out
Wylie: shes pa gcad du med pa nyid
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་གཅད་དུ་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: jñānānācchedyatā
g.1593
state of absolute purity
Wylie: shin tu rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: atyanta­viśuddhitā
g.1594
state of affairs
Wylie: don
Tibetan: དོན།
Sanskrit: artha
g.1595
state of all-knowing
Wylie: thams cad mkhyen pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvajñatva
The state of knowing all possible and actual states of affairs of the past, present, and future (i.e., total omniscience) or knowing all that is most soteriologically relevant, the basic nature of reality (i.e., essential omniscience).
g.1596
state of mind
Wylie: sems
Tibetan: སེམས།
Sanskrit: citta
g.1597
state of no thought
Wylie: sems ma yin pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: acittatā
g.1598
state of production
Wylie: skye ba
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: utpatti
g.1599
state of visual delusion
Wylie: mig ’khrul pa
Tibetan: མིག་འཁྲུལ་པ།
Sanskrit: cakṣurmohanatā
g.1600
station
Wylie: skye mched
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: āyatana
Here station refers to sucessive stages of formless absorption, namely: station of endless space, station of endless consciousness, station of nothing-at-all, and station of neither perception nor nonperception. In other contexts in this sūtra, āyatana refers to the twelve sense fields; see “sense field.”
g.1601
station of endless consciousness
Wylie: rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: vijñānānantyāyatana
Second of the four formless realms. The term also refers to the class of gods that dwell there, and the name of the second of the four formless absorptions. The other three realms are the station of endless space, the station of nothing-at-all, and the station of neither perception nor nonperception.
g.1602
station of endless space
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: ākāśānantyāyatana
First of the four formless realms. The term also refers to the class of gods that dwell there and the name of the first of the four formless absorptions. The other three realms are the station of endless consciousness, the station of nothing-at-all, and the station of neither perception nor nonperception.
g.1603
station of mastery
Wylie: zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: abhibhāvāyatana
See “eight stations of mastery.”
g.1604
station of neither perception nor nonperception
Wylie: ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: naiva­saṃjñā­nāsaṃjñāyatana
The highest of the four formless realms. The term also refers to the class of gods that dwell there and the name of the fourth of the four formless absorptions. The other three realms are the station of endless space, the station of endless consciousness, and the station of nothing-at-all.
g.1605
station of nothing-at-all
Wylie: ci yang med pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: ākiṃcityāyatana
Third of the four formless realms. The term also refers to the class of gods that dwell there and the third of the four formless absorptions. The other three realms are the station of endless space, the station of endless consciousness, and the station of neither perception nor nonperception.
g.1606
station of the endless-space absorption
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
See “station of endless space.”
g.1607
station of the neither perception nor nonperception absorption
Wylie: ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched kyi snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
See “station of neither perception nor nonperception.”
g.1608
station of the nonperception absorption
Wylie: ’du shes med pa’i skye mched kyi snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
g.1609
station of the nothing-at-all absorption
Wylie: ci yang med pa’i skye mched kyi snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
See “station of nothing-at-all.”
g.1610
stations of complete immersion
Wylie: zad par gyi skye mched
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་གྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: kṛtsnāyatana
See “ten stations of complete immersion.”
g.1611
statue
Wylie: sku gzugs
Tibetan: སྐུ་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: pratimā
g.1612
stay still with a sheep-like obtuseness and say nothing
Wylie: lug ltar lkugs par bya zhing mi smra
Tibetan: ལུག་ལྟར་ལྐུགས་པར་བྱ་ཞིང་མི་སྨྲ།
Sanskrit: jaḍaiḍaka­mūka­sadṛśena
g.1613
stem
Wylie: tshig
Tibetan: ཚིག
Sanskrit: pada
g.1614
sthitaniścitta
Wylie: sems med par gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: sthitaniścitta
Lit. “firm without mind.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1615
stream enterer
Wylie: rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: srotaāpanna, kunadī
A person who has entered the “stream” of practice that leads to nirvāṇa. The first of the four attainments on the path of the śrāvakas.
g.1616
stretch out
Wylie: bre
Tibetan: བྲེ།
Sanskrit: vitan
g.1617
stretched-out heels
Wylie: rting pa yangs pa
Tibetan: རྟིང་པ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit: āyatapārṣṇi
g.1618
strongly object
Wylie: sun ’byung ba, sun dbyung ba
Tibetan: སུན་འབྱུང་བ།, སུན་དབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: dūṣaya
g.1619
stūpa
Wylie: mchod rten
Tibetan: མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: stūpa
The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word, mchod rten, meaning “basis” or “recipient” of “offerings” or “veneration.” Pali: cetiya.A caitya, although often synonymous with stūpa, can also refer to any site, sanctuary or shrine that is made for veneration, and may or may not contain relics.A stūpa, literally “heap” or “mound,” is a mounded or circular structure usually containing relics of the Buddha or the masters of the past. It is considered to be a sacred object representing the awakened mind of a buddha, but the symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies throughout the Buddhist world. Stūpas continue to be erected today as objects of veneration and merit making.
g.1620
Śubhakṛtsna
Wylie: dge rgyas
Tibetan: དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: śubhakṛtsna
Lit. “Those Whose Virtue Is Complete.” The ninth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the third of the three heavens that correspond to the third of the four concentrations.
g.1621
śubha­puṣpita­śuddhi
Wylie: dge ba’i me tog rgyas shing dag pa
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱས་ཤིང་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: śubha­puṣpita­śuddhi
Lit. “pure blooming good flowers.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1622
Subhūti
Wylie: rab ’byor
Tibetan: རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: subhūti
One of the ten great śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha Śākyamuni, known for his profound understanding of emptiness. He plays a major role as an interlocutor of the Buddha in the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtras.
g.1623
subject to cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa’i chos can
Tibetan: འགོག་པའི་ཆོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: nirodhadharmi
g.1624
subject to change
Wylie: rnam par ’gyur ba’i chos can
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འགྱུར་བའི་ཆོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: vipariṇāma­dharmin
g.1625
subject to extinction
Wylie: zad pa’i chos can
Tibetan: ཟད་པའི་ཆོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: vyayadharmin RS
g.1626
subsequent realization knowledge
Wylie: rjes su rtogs pa’i shes pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་རྟོགས་པའི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anvayajñāna
g.1627
sucandra
Wylie: zla ba bzang po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sucandra
Lit. “good moon.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1628
suchness
Wylie: de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: tathātva, tathatā
The quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms.
g.1629
suchness of all dharmas
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharmānāṃ tathatā
Also rendered as the “state in which all dharmas are just so.”
g.1630
suchness of the dharma-constituent
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings kyi de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
g.1631
suchness of the very limit of reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i mtha’i de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
g.1632
Sudarśana
Wylie: shin tu mthong ba
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sudarśana
Lit. “Those Who See Well.” The sixteenth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the fourth of the five Pure Abodes.
g.1633
śuddha­pratibhāsa
Wylie: snang ba dag pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: śuddha­pratibhāsa
Lit. “pure and radiant.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1634
śuddhasāra
Wylie: dag pa dam pa
Tibetan: དག་པ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: śuddhasāra
Lit. “pure holy.” Name of a meditative stabilization.(Skt. mss. have śuddhāvāsa , “pure abode,” or śuddhābhāsa, “pure illumination”; however, Kimura give śuddhasāra in a later list.)
g.1635
Śuddhāvāsa
Wylie: gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan: གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit: śuddhāvāsa
Lit. “Those in the Pure Abodes.” The five Pure Abodes are the highest heavens of the form realm and result from mastery of the fourth meditative absorption. They comprise the heavens of Avṛha, Atapa, Sudṛśa, Sudarśana, and Akaniṣṭha. The Pure Abodes, or Śuddhāvāsa, are never destroyed during the cycles of the destruction and creation of the universe. Rebirth there is the karmic result of accomplishing the fourth concentration.
g.1636
Sudharmā
Wylie: chos bzang
Tibetan: ཆོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit: sudharmā
The assembly hall in the center of Sudarśana, the city in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (Trāyastriṃśa). It has a central throne for Indra (Śakra) and thirty-two thrones arranged to its right and left for the other thirty-two devas that make up the eponymous thirty-three devas of Indra’s paradise. Indra’s own palace is to the north of this assembly hall.
g.1637
Sudṛśa
Wylie: gya nom snang ba
Tibetan: གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sudṛśa
Lit. “Good Looking.” The fifteenth of the seventeen heavens of the form realm; also the name of the gods living there. In the form realm, which is structured according to the four concentrations and pure abodes‍, or Śuddhāvāsa‍, it is listed as the third of the five Pure Abodes.
g.1638
Sudurjayā
Wylie: shin tu sbyang dka’ ba
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱང་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit: sudurjayā
Lit. “Invincible.” The fifth level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.1639
suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit: duḥkha
The first of the four truths of the noble ones. The term “suffering” includes all essentially unsatisfactory experiences of life in cyclic existence, whether physical or mental. These comprise (1) the suffering of suffering, i.e., the physical sensations and mental experiences that are self-evident as suffering and toward which spontaneous feelings of aversion arise; (2) the suffering of change, i.e., all experiences that are normally recognized as pleasant and desirable, but which are nonetheless suffering in that persistent indulgence in these always results in changing attitudes of dissatisfaction and boredom; and (3) the suffering of the pervasive conditioning underlying the round of birth, aging, and death.
g.1640
suffering existence
Wylie: srid pa
Tibetan: སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit: bhava
See “existence.”
g.1641
suffused
Wylie: yongs su bsgos pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་བསྒོས་པ།
Sanskrit: paribhāvita
g.1642
sugata
Wylie: bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sugata
One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).
g.1643
Śuklavipaśyanā level
Wylie: dkar po rnam par mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan: དཀར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: śuklavipaśyanābhūmi
Lit. “Bright Insight level.” The first of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”
g.1644
Sumeru
Wylie: ri rab
Tibetan: རི་རབ།
Sanskrit: sumeru
According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.
g.1645
summaries
Wylie: ched du brjod pa
Tibetan: ཆེད་དུ་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: udāna
As one of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma, it means teachings that were not given in response to a request.
g.1646
Sunirmita
Wylie: rab ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: རབ་འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: sunirmita
Head god of the Nirmāṇarati class of gods.
g.1647
superhuman
Wylie: mi’i las ’das pa
Tibetan: མིའི་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: atikrānta­mānuṣyaka
g.1648
superiority of merit
Wylie: bsod nams kyi khyad par
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་ཀྱི་ཁྱད་པར།
Sanskrit: puṇyaviśeṣa RS
g.1649
supplying benefit
Wylie: phan pa sgrub pa
Tibetan: ཕན་པ་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: hitopasaṃhāra
g.1650
support
Wylie: rten
Tibetan: རྟེན།
Sanskrit: gati
g.1651
supporting
Wylie: gnas byed pa
Tibetan: གནས་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: layana
g.1652
suppressing meditation
Wylie: gnon cing sgom
Tibetan: གནོན་ཅིང་སྒོམ།
g.1653
supratiṣṭhita
Wylie: rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhita
Lit. “good standing.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1654
supreme
Wylie: mthar thug par ’gro
Tibetan: མཐར་ཐུག་པར་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit: niṣṭhāṃ gam RS
g.1655
śūraṅgama
Wylie: dpa’ bar ’gro ba
Tibetan: དཔའ་བར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: śūraṅgama
Lit. “heroic march.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1656
Surendrabodhi
Wylie: su ren+d+ra bo d+hi
Tibetan: སུ་རེནྡྲ་བོ་དྷི།
Sanskrit: surendrabodhi
An Indian paṇḍiṭa resident in Tibet during the late eighth and early ninth centuries.
g.1657
surpassing aspiration
Wylie: lhag pa’i bsam pa
Tibetan: ལྷག་པའི་བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit: adhyāśaya
g.1658
Sūryagarbha
Wylie: nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sūryagarbha
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1659
Sūrya­maṇḍala­prabhāsottara­śrī
Wylie: nyi ma’i dkyil ’khor sgron ma mchog gi dpal
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྒྲོན་མ་མཆོག་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sūrya­maṇḍala­prabhāsottara­śrī
Lit. “Glorious Supreme Clear Light of the Sun Disk.” A buddha in a world system called Vigata­rajasaṃcayā, in the intermediate southwest direction.
g.1660
sūryapradīpa
Wylie: nyi ma’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: sūryapradīpa
Lit. “sun lamp.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1661
Sūrya­pratibhāsa
Wylie: nyi ma’i ’od
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: sūrya­pratibhāsa
Lit. “Sunlight.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Vigata­rajasaṃcayā, in the intermediate southwest direction, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.1662
Susaṃprasthita
Wylie: shin tu yang dag zhugs pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡང་དག་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: susaṃprasthita
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1663
Susārthavaha
Wylie: ded dpon bzang po
Tibetan: དེད་དཔོན་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: susārthavaha
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1664
sustained thought
Wylie: dpyod pa
Tibetan: དཔྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vicāra
g.1665
sustaining power
Wylie: byin gyis brlabs pa
Tibetan: བྱིན་གྱིས་བརླབས་པ།
Sanskrit: adhiṣṭhāna
g.1666
Susthitamati
Wylie: blo gros rab gnas
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་རབ་གནས།
Sanskrit: susthitamati
Lit. “Stable Intellect.” A god living in the buddhafield of the tathāgata Samantakusuma.
g.1667
sūtra
Wylie: mdo
Tibetan: མདོ།
Sanskrit: sūtra
In Sanskrit literally “a thread,” this is an ancient term for teachings that were memorized and orally transmitted in an essential form. Therefore, it can also mean “pithy statements,” “rules,” and “aphorisms.” In Buddhism it refers to the Buddha’s teachings, whatever their length. It is one of the three divisions of the Buddha’s teachings, the other two being Vinaya and Abhidharma. It is also used in contrast with the tantra teachings, though a number of important tantras have sūtra in their title. It is also classified as one of the nine or twelve aspects of the Dharma, in which context sūtra means “a teaching given in prose.”
g.1668
Suvarṇapuṣpa
Wylie: gser gyi me tog
Tibetan: གསེར་གྱི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: suvarṇapuṣpa
Lit. “The One Who Had the Golden Flowers.” Future name of the nun Gaṅgadevī when she becomes a bodhisattva in the buddhafield of Akṣobhya, and also when she becomes a buddha, during the eon called Tārakopama.
g.1669
Su­vikrānta­vikrāmin
Wylie: rab kyi rtsal gyis rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཀྱི་རྩལ་གྱིས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: su­vikrānta­vikrāmin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1670
Suyāma
Wylie: rab ’thab bral
Tibetan: རབ་འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit: suyāma
Head of the Yāma gods.
g.1671
svastika
Wylie: bkra shis
Tibetan: བཀྲ་ཤིས།
Sanskrit: svastika
Lit. “may it be well.” One of the symbols adorning the palms of the hands and soles of the feet of the buddhas. Together with the śrīvatsa and the nandyāvarta, it is included in the eightieth minor sign. It represents the unchanging.
g.1672
take after
Wylie: rjes su skyes
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: anujan
g.1673
take away
Wylie: ’jig par bgyid pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་པར་བགྱིད་པ།
Sanskrit: apahāraka
g.1674
take possession of a buddhafield
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi zhing yongs su ’dzin
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: buddha­kṣetraṃ parigrah
g.1675
take the mark that makes a dharma a dharma as your measure
Wylie: chos rnams kyi chos kyi mtshan nyid tshad mar byas na
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་མཚན་ཉིད་ཚད་མར་བྱས་ན།
Sanskrit: dharmāṇāṃ dharma­[lakṣaṇa]tāṃ pramāṇīkṛtya
g.1676
take up
Wylie: ’dzin
Tibetan: འཛིན།
Sanskrit: udgrah
g.1677
tale
Wylie: rtogs pa brjod pa
Tibetan: རྟོགས་པ་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: avadāna
One of the twelve types of the Buddha’s teaching (dvādaśāṅga). In this sense, the Sanskrit word avadāna means “exceptional feat” or “magnificent deed,” but in the context of the twelve types of buddhavacana the term came to refer to the narrative accounts of such deeds.
g.1678
tamopagata
Wylie: mun pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: མུན་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: tamopagata
Lit. “separated from gloominess.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1679
Tanū level
Wylie: bsrabs pa’i sa
Tibetan: བསྲབས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: tanūbhūmi
Lit. “Refinement level.” The fifth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”
g.1680
Tārakopama
Wylie: skar ma lta bu
Tibetan: སྐར་མ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: tārakopama
Lit. “Starlike.” Name of a future eon.
g.1681
tathāgata
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: tathāgata
A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha­(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.In this text, Tathāgata (capitalized) refers to the Buddha Śākyamuni. One possible translation is “realized one.”
g.1682
tathāgata assembly
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa ’dus pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་འདུས་པ།
Sanskrit: tathāgata­saṃnipāta
See “tathāgata” and also n.­576.
g.1683
tathāgata­darśana
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa mthong ba
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: tathāgata­darśana
Lit. “that gives sight of the tathāgatas.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1684
tathāgatahood
Wylie: de bshin gshegs pa nyid
Tibetan: དེ་བཤིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: tathāgatatva
See “tathāgata.”
g.1685
tathatā­sthiti­niścitta
Wylie: de bzhin nyid la gnas shing sems med pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་ལ་གནས་ཤིང་སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tathatā­sthiti­niścitta
Lit. “stability of nonthought in suchness.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1686
teacher
Wylie: ston pa, mkhan po
Tibetan: སྟོན་པ།, མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit: śāstṛ, upādhyāya
g.1687
tejodhātvaparyanta
Wylie: me’i khams mu med pa
Tibetan: མེའི་ཁམས་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tejodhātvaparyanta
Lit. “limitless fire element.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1688
tejovatin
Wylie: gzi brjid yod pa
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: tejovatin
Lit. “possessing grandeur.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1689
temple
Wylie: gtsug lag khang
Tibetan: གཙུག་ལག་ཁང་།
Sanskrit: vihāra
g.1690
ten bodhisattva levels
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i sa bcu
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśa bodhisattvabhūmayaḥ
In this text, two sets of ten levels are mentioned. One set pertains to the progress of an individual practitioner who, starting from the level of an ordinary person, sequentially follows the path of a śrāvaka, a pratyekabuddha, and then a bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood (see “ten levels” for a detailed explanation of this set). The other set is more common in Mahāyāna literature, although there are variations, and refers to the ten levels traversed by an individual practitioner who has already become a bodhisattva: (1) Pramuditā (Joyful), in which one rejoices at realizing a partial aspect of the truth; (2) Vimalā (Stainless), in which one is free from all defilement; (3) Prabhākarī (Light Maker), in which one radiates the light of wisdom; (4) Arciṣmatī (Radiant), in which the radiant flame of wisdom burns away earthly desires; (5) Sudurjayā (Invincible), in which one surmounts the illusions of darkness, or ignorance, as the Middle Way; (6) Abhimukhī (Directly Witnessed), in which supreme wisdom begins to manifest; (7) Dūraṃgamā (Far Reaching), in which one rises above the states of the lower vehicles of srāvakas and pratyekabuddhas; (8) Acalā (Immovable), in which one dwells firmly in the truth of the Middle Way and cannot be perturbed by anything; (9) Sādhumatī (Auspicious Intellect), in which one preaches the Dharma unimpededly; and (10) Dharmameghā (Cloud of Dharma), in which one benefits all sentient beings with Dharma, just as a cloud rains impartially upon everything.
g.1691
ten forbearances
Wylie: bzod pa bcu
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśakṣānti
g.1692
ten levels
Wylie: sa bcu
Tibetan: ས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśabhūmi
In this text, two sets of ten levels are mentioned. One set refers to the standard list of ten levels most commonly found in the general Mahāyāna literature; for a detailed explanation of this set, see ten bodhisattva levels. The other set, common to Prajñāpāramitā literature, charts the progress of an individual practitioner who, starting from the level of an ordinary person, sequentially follows the path of a śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and then a bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood. The first three levels pertain to an ordinary person preparing themselves for the path; the next four (4-7) chart the path of a śrāvaka; level eight aligns with the practices of a pratyekabuddha; level nine refers to the path of bodhisattvas; and finally, level ten is the attainment of buddhahood. These ten levels comprise (1) the level of Śuklavipaśyanā, (2) the level of Gotra, (3) the level of Aṣṭamaka, (4) the level of Darśana, (5) the level of Tanū, (6) the level of Vītarāga, (7) the level of Kṛtāvin, (8) the Pratyekabuddha level, (9) the Bodhisattva level, and (10) the Buddha level of perfect awakening.
g.1693
ten mindfulnesses
Wylie: rjes su dran pa bcu
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśānu­smṛti
Mindfulness of the Buddha, mindfulness of the Dharma, mindfulness of the Saṅgha, mindfulness of morality, mindfulness of giving away, mindfulness of the gods, mindfulness of disgust, mindfulness of death, mindfulness of what is included in the body, and mindfulness of breathing in and out.
g.1694
ten perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa bcu
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśapāramitā
This comprises the most common six perfections to which are added the four perfections of skillful means, prayer, power , and knowledge.
g.1695
ten powers
Wylie: stobs bcu
Tibetan: སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśabala
A category of the distinctive qualities of a tathāgata. They are knowing what is possible and what is impossible; knowing the results of actions or the ripening of karma; knowing the various inclinations of sentient beings; knowing the various elements; knowing the supreme and lesser faculties of sentient beings; knowing the paths that lead to all destinations of rebirth; knowing the concentrations, liberations, absorptions, equilibriums, afflictions, purifications, and abidings; knowing previous lives; knowing the death and rebirth of sentient beings; and knowing the cessation of the defilements. See also “five powers.”
g.1696
ten practices
Wylie: spyod pa bcu
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་བཅུ།
According to the list in Madhyānta­vibhāga 5.9, the ten practices are writing out, worshiping, making a gift of, listening to, reading, taking up in the mind, explicating, reciting to oneself what one has memorized of, contemplating, and meditating on the perfection of wisdom.
g.1697
ten stations of complete immersion
Wylie: zad par gyi skye mched bcu
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་གྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: kṛtsna
These are the ten meditations on immersion into earth, water, fire, and wind; immersion into blue, yellow, red, and white; and immersion into space and consciousness, where nothing but the earth constituent and so on appear to the practitioner’s mind.
g.1698
ten tathāgata powers
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśatathāgatabala
See “ten powers.”
g.1699
ten unwholesome actions
Wylie: mi dge ba’i las kyi lam bcu, mi dge ba bcu’i las kyi lam
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ་བཅུ།, མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: daśākuśala­karma­patha
There are three physical unwholesome or nonvirtuous actions: killing, stealing, and illicit sex. There are four verbal nonvirtues: lying, backbiting, insulting, and babbling nonsense. And three mental nonvirtues: coveting, malice, and wrong view‍.
g.1700
ten wholesome actions
Wylie: dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit: daśa­kuśala­karma
These are the opposite of the ten unwholesome actions. There are three physical virtues: saving lives, giving, and sexual propriety. There are four verbal virtues: truthfulness, reconciling discussions, gentle speech, and religious speech. There are three mental virtues: a loving attitude, a generous attitude, and right views.
g.1701
tense up
Wylie: kun tu zhum, yongs su zhum, zhum
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ཞུམ།, ཡོངས་སུ་ཞུམ།, ཞུམ།
Sanskrit: saṃlī
g.1702
terrible form of life
Wylie: ngan song
Tibetan: ངན་སོང་།
Sanskrit: apāya
g.1703
the part between the collarbones is filled in
Wylie: thal gong rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཐལ་གོང་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: citāntarāṃsa
Mvy.
g.1704
the real
Wylie: yang dag pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: bhūtatā
Lit. “genuineness” or “authenticity.” The quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Akin to other terms rendered here as “as it really is,” “suchness,” and “natural state.”
g.1705
there-is
Wylie: yod pa
Tibetan: ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: astitā
g.1706
there-is-not
Wylie: med pa
Tibetan: མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāstitā
g.1707
thing that really exists
Wylie: dngos po yod pa
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: bhāva
g.1708
thinking mind
Wylie: yid
Tibetan: ཡིད།
Sanskrit: manas
g.1709
thinking-mind consciousness constituent
Wylie: yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: manovijñānadhātu
One of the eighteen constituents.
g.1710
thirty-seven dharmas on the side of awakening
Wylie: byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun, byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos rnams
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།, བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་རྣམས།
Sanskrit: sapta­triṃśa­bodhi­pakṣa­dharma
Thirty-seven practices that lead to the awakened state: the four applications of mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four legs of miraculous power, the five faculties, the five powers, the eightfold noble path, and the seven limbs of awakening.
g.1711
thirty-two major marks of a great person
Wylie: skyes bu chen po’i mtshan sum cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་མཚན་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvātriṃśanmahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa
For their enumeration in this text, see 73.­89.
g.1712
those in training
Wylie: slob pa
Tibetan: སློབ་པ།
Sanskrit: śaikṣa
g.1713
those with a notion that something is being apprehended
Wylie: dmigs pa’i ’du shes can
Tibetan: དམིགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: upalambha­saṃjñin
g.1714
thought of awakening
Wylie: byang chub kyi sems
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: bodhicitta
In the general Mahāyāna teachings the mind of awakening (bodhicitta) is the intention to attain the complete awakening of a perfect buddha for the sake of all beings. On the level of absolute truth, the mind of awakening is the realization of the awakened state itself.
g.1715
thought of dedication
Wylie: yongs su bsngo ba’i sems
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་བསྔོ་བའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: pariṇāmanā­citta
g.1716
thought-production
Wylie: sems bskyed pa
Tibetan: སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: cittotpāda
g.1717
thousand world systems
Wylie: stong gi ’jig rten gyi khams, stong spyi phud kyi ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།, སྟོང་སྤྱི་ཕུད་ཀྱི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: sāhasra­loka­dhātu
In Buddhist cosmology, a universe that itself contains a thousand world systems, each made up of its own Sumeru, four continents, sun, moon, and god realms.
g.1718
thousandth one hundred millionth part
Wylie: bye ba brgya’i cha
Tibetan: བྱེ་བ་བརྒྱའི་ཆ།
Sanskrit: koṭīsahasratamī
g.1719
three aggregates of merit
Wylie: phung po gsum pa
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: triskandhaka
According to the bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo, it is (merit made from) confession, rejoicing, and dedication, or confession, rejoicing, and requesting the turning of the wheel of Dharma.
g.1720
three fetters
Wylie: kun tu sbyor ba gsum
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trisaṃyojana
The view of the perishable collection, doubt, and grasping rules and rituals as absolute.
g.1721
three gateways to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo gsum
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trīṇi vimokṣa­mukhāni
Emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness.
g.1722
Three Jewels
Wylie: dkon mchog gsum
Tibetan: དཀོན་མཆོག་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trīṇi ratnāni
The Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha‍—the three objects of Buddhist refuge. In the Tibetan rendering, “the three rare and supreme ones.”
g.1723
three knowledges
Wylie: rig pa gsum
Tibetan: རིག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trividyāḥ
The three knowledges are a worthy one’s three clairvoyant knowledges of past lives, of where and when all die and where they will take birth, and of the extinction of outflows.
g.1724
three planes of existence
Wylie: srid pa gsum
Tibetan: སྲིད་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: tribhava
The abodes of beings living below, above, and upon the surface of the earth.
g.1725
three realms
Wylie: khams gsum
Tibetan: ཁམས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: tridhātu
The desire realm, form realm, and formless realm.
g.1726
three sorts of miracles
Wylie: cho ’phrul rnam pa gsum
Tibetan: ཆོ་འཕྲུལ་རྣམ་པ་གསུམ།
The three sorts of miraculous powers, as found in Bṭ3 1.­142: “(1) the miracles of meditative stabilization, (2) wonder-working miracles, and (3) dharma-illuminating miracles. Among them, the miracles of meditative stabilization are twofold based on two meditative stabilizations: the miracles of the meditative stabilization called the samādhirāja meditative stabilization, and the miracles of the meditative stabilization called siṃhavikrīḍita . There are also two wonder-working miracles: wonder-working by magically creating [a great tower out of flowers], and wonder-working by sustaining [it up in the air and so on]. And there are two dharma-illuminating miracles as well: the miracle of teaching in [many] world systems, and the miracle of assembling a retinue.”
g.1727
three spheres
Wylie: ’khor gsum
Tibetan: འཁོར་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trimaṇḍala
g.1728
three time periods
Wylie: dus gsum
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: tri­kāla
The past, present, and future.
g.1729
three types of omniscience
Wylie: thams cad mkhyen pa nyid gsum po
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད་གསུམ་པོ།
Sanskrit: trisarvajñatva
The three types of omniscience, as described in this text, are the all-knowledge of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas; the knowledge of path aspects of bodhisattva great beings; and the knowledge of all aspects which pertain to the tathāgatas. These are explained in detail in 63.­174.
g.1730
three vehicles
Wylie: theg pa gsum
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: triyāna
The vehicles of the śrāvakas, pratyekabuddhas, and bodhisattvas.
g.1731
three-robe wearer
Wylie: chos gos gsum pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་གོས་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: traicīvarikaḥ
g.1732
tightening up the mind and perfectly settling it down
Wylie: sems rab tu ’dzin cing / yang dag par rab tu ’jog pa
Tibetan: སེམས་རབ་ཏུ་འཛིན་ཅིང་། ཡང་དག་པར་རབ་ཏུ་འཇོག་པ།
Sanskrit: cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti samyak pradadhāti
g.1733
time it takes to blink
Wylie: yud tsam
Tibetan: ཡུད་ཙམ།
Sanskrit: nimeśa
g.1734
tiny particle
Wylie: rdul phra rab
Tibetan: རྡུལ་ཕྲ་རབ།
Sanskrit: paramāṇu
g.1735
tīrthika
Wylie: mu stegs can
Tibetan: མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: tīrthika
Those of other religious or philosophical orders, contemporary with the early Buddhist order, including Jains, Jaṭilas, Ājīvikas, and Cārvākas. Tīrthika (“forder”) literally translates as “one belonging to or associated with (possessive suffix –ika) stairs for landing or for descent into a river,” or “a bathing place,” or “a place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams” (Monier-Williams). The term may have originally referred to temple priests at river crossings or fords where travelers propitiated a deity before crossing. The Sanskrit term seems to have undergone metonymic transfer in referring to those able to ford the turbulent river of saṃsāra (as in the Jain tīrthaṅkaras, “ford makers”), and it came to be used in Buddhist sources to refer to teachers of rival religious traditions. The Sanskrit term is closely rendered by the Tibetan mu stegs pa: “those on the steps (stegs pa) at the edge (mu).”
g.1736
token
Wylie: rtags
Tibetan: རྟགས།
Sanskrit: liṅga
See n.­233.
g.1737
tolerant type
Wylie: dang du len pa’i rang bzhin can
Tibetan: དང་དུ་ལེན་པའི་རང་བཞིན་ཅན།
Sanskrit: adhivāsana­jātīyo
g.1738
toleration
Wylie: bzod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣamaṇā
A term meaning acceptance, forbearance, or patience. As the third of the six perfections, patience is classified into three kinds: the capacity to tolerate abuse from sentient beings, to tolerate the hardships of the path to buddhahood, and to tolerate the profound nature of reality. As a term referring to a bodhisattva’s realization, dharmakṣānti (chos la bzod pa) can refer to the ways one becomes “receptive” to the nature of Dharma, and it can be an abbreviation of anutpattikadharmakṣānti, “forbearance for the unborn nature, or nonproduction, of dharmas.”
g.1739
tongue consciousness constituent
Wylie: lce’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: jihvāvijñānadhātu
One of the eighteen constituents.
g.1740
torn-asunder perception
Wylie: rnam par ’thor ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vikṣiptaka­saṃjñā
g.1741
town
Wylie: grong khyer
Tibetan: གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit: nagara
g.1742
trailokyānabhiviniṣṭa
Wylie: ’jig rten gsum la mngon par ma zhen pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གསུམ་ལ་མངོན་པར་མ་ཞེན་པ།
Sanskrit: trailokyānabhiviniṣṭa
Lit. “that does not settle down on the three worlds.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1743
transcendental knowledge
Wylie: ye shes
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: jñāna
This term denotes the mode of awareness of a realized being. Although all sentient beings possess the potential for actualizing transcendental knowledge within their mind streams, mental obscurations make them appear instead as aspects of mundane consciousness. Also known as “pristine awareness,” “primordial wisdom,” “primordial awareness,” “gnosis,” or the like.
g.1744
transmit
Wylie: lung dbog
Tibetan: ལུང་དབོག
Sanskrit: deśaya
g.1745
Trāyastriṃśa
Wylie: sum cu rtsa gsum, sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan: སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།, སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: trāyastriṃśa, trayastriṃśa
Lit. “Thirty-Three.” It is the second of the six heavens in the desire realm; also the name of the gods living there. The paradise of Śatakratu on the summit of Sumeru where there are thirty-three leading deities, hence the name.
g.1746
tree-root dweller
Wylie: shing drung pa
Tibetan: ཤིང་དྲུང་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛkṣamūlika
g.1747
trifling material possession
Wylie: zang zing cung zad tsam
Tibetan: ཟང་ཟིང་ཅུང་ཟད་ཙམ།
Sanskrit: āmiṣakiñcitka
g.1748
tri­maṇḍala­pariśuddha
Wylie: ’khor gsum yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: འཁོར་གསུམ་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: tri­maṇḍala­pariśuddha
Lit. “purified of the three spheres.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1749
true dharmic nature
Wylie: chos nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā
See “true nature of dharmas.”
g.1750
true nature of dharmas
Wylie: chos nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā
“True nature of dharmas” renders dharmatā (chos nyid). In dharmatā the -tā ending is the English “-ness.” The dharma is an attribute of a dharmin (an “attribute possessor”). The attribute is the ultimate, emptiness. The attribute possessors are all phenomena. So, it means “the true nature [= -ness] of the attribute [emptiness].” The issue is further complicated by the widespread use of the word dharma as phenomenon (as in “all dharmas”) and so on. In such contexts it is not a word for the ultimate attribute, but for any phenomenon.
g.1751
true nature of dharmas that is never ruined
Wylie: yongs su mi nyams pa’i chos nyid
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་མི་ཉམས་པའི་ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: aparihāṇa­dharmatā
g.1752
true reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i don
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་དོན།
Sanskrit: bhūtārtha
g.1753
truly existent
Wylie: yod pa nyid
Tibetan: ཡོད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sadbhūta
g.1754
turn back
Wylie: ldog
Tibetan: ལྡོག
Sanskrit: vivart
g.1755
Tuṣita
Wylie: dga’ ldan
Tibetan: དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: tuṣita
Lit. “The Contented.” The fourth of the six heavens of the desire realm; also the name of the gods living there. It is the paradise in which the Buddha Śākyamuni lived as the tenth level bodhisattva Śvetaketu (dam pa tog dkar po) and regent, prior to his birth in this world, and where all future buddhas dwell prior to their awakening. At present the regent of Tuṣita is the bodhisattva Maitreya, the future buddha.
g.1756
twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo rnam pa bcu gnyis
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་རྣམ་པ་བཅུ་གཉིས།
The classification of all aspects of the Buddha’s teachings into twelve types: sūtra, geya, vyākaraṇa, gāthā, udāna, nidāna, avadāna, itivṛttaka, jātaka, vaipulya, adbhutadharma, and upadeśa.Respectively, the sūtras, literally “threads,” does not mean entire texts as in the general meaning of sūtra but the prose passages within texts; the geyas are the verse versions of preceding prose passages; the vyākaraṇas are prophecies; the gāthās are stand-alone verses; the udānas are teachings not given in response to a request; the nidānas are the introductory sections; the avadānas are accounts of the previous lives of individuals who were alive at the time of the Buddha; the itivṛttakas are biographies of buddhas and bodhisattvas in the past; the jātakas are the Buddha’s accounts of his own previous lifetimes; the vaipulyas are teachings that expand upon a certain subject; the adbhutadharmas are descriptions of miracles; and the upadeśas are explanations of terms and categories.
g.1757
twelve links of dependent origination
Wylie: rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba’i yan lag bcu gnyis
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བའི་ཡན་ལག་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvā­daśāṅge pratītya­samutpāde
The twelve causal links that perpetuate life in cyclic existence; starting with ignorance and ending with death.
g.1758
twelve sense fields
Wylie: skye mched bcu gnyis
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśāyatana
These comprise the inner six sense fields and the outer six sense fields.
g.1759
twenty surpassing aspirations
Wylie: lhag pa’i bsam pa nyi shu
Tibetan: ལྷག་པའི་བསམ་པ་ཉི་ཤུ།
Sanskrit: viṃśati adhyāśaya
Bṭ1 na, 39a3–b3 lists the following: (1–3) faith in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha (the finest aspiration); (4) for morality (moral aspiration); (5–9) aspiration for the perfections (surpassing aspiration for the other five perfections); (10–13) aspiration for the profound selflessness of persons and dharmas, the ultimate, and the reality of dharmas (aspiration for the real dharmas); (14–15) a single-pointed mind and clairvoyance (inconceivable aspiration); (16) aspiration to establish beings in the wholesome; (17–18) the pure aspiration of the ninth and tenth levels; and (19–20) aspiration for the inconceivable force of a buddha’s clairvoyance, etc.
g.1760
twinned muslin scarf
Wylie: ras bcos bu
Tibetan: རས་བཅོས་བུ།
Sanskrit: dūṣyayugam
g.1761
ultimate
Wylie: don dam pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: paramārtha
Of final truth or reality. Also rendered as “ultimate reality.”
g.1762
ultimate reality
Wylie: don dam pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: paramārtha
See “ultimate.”
g.1763
ultimate truth
Wylie: don dam pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: para­mārtha­satya
g.1764
ultimately
Wylie: don dam par
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པར།
Sanskrit: paramārthataḥ
g.1765
unaccompanied
Wylie: mtshungs par mi ldan
Tibetan: མཚུངས་པར་མི་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: asaṃprayukta
g.1766
unadulterated
Wylie: ma ’dres pa
Tibetan: མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit: aśabala
g.1767
unafflicted
Wylie: nyon mongs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niḥkleśa
g.1768
unaltered nature
Wylie: gzhan ma yin pa’i rang bzhin
Tibetan: གཞན་མ་ཡིན་པའི་རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: ananyathābhāva
g.1769
unaltered suchness
Wylie: gzhan ma yin pa de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: གཞན་མ་ཡིན་པ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: ananyatathatā
g.1770
unattached
Wylie: chags pa ma mchis pa
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga
g.1771
unattractive
Wylie: ’dod chags dang bral ba’i chos can
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ཆོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: virāgadharmin
g.1772
unborn and unreal
Wylie: skye ba med pa dang dngos po med pa
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ་དང་དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ajātābhāva
g.1773
unbreakable faith
Wylie: dad pa mi phyed pa
Tibetan: དད་པ་མི་ཕྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhedya­prasādena samanvāgatā
g.1774
unbroken
Wylie: mi chod pa, mi ’chad pa, rgyun mi ’chad pa
Tibetan: མི་ཆོད་པ།, མི་འཆད་པ།, རྒྱུན་མི་འཆད་པ།
Sanskrit: anāccheda
g.1775
unbroken unity
Wylie: dbyer med pa
Tibetan: དབྱེར་མེད་པ།
g.1776
unchanging
Wylie: ’gyur ba med pa, ’gyur ba med
Tibetan: འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།, འགྱུར་བ་མེད།
Sanskrit: avikṛta
g.1777
uncollected thought
Wylie: mnyam par ma bzhag pa’i sems
Tibetan: མཉམ་པར་མ་བཞག་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: asamāhita­cittam
g.1778
uncompounded
Wylie: ’dus ma byas
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛta
g.1779
unconventional
Wylie: rjod par med pa
Tibetan: རྗོད་པར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avyavahāra
g.1780
under robe
Wylie: snam sbyar
Tibetan: སྣམ་སྦྱར།
Sanskrit: saṃghāṭī
g.1781
under the control of Māra
Wylie: bdud kyi dbang du mchis pa
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་དབང་དུ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: māravaśagata
g.1782
understanding that operates without duality
Wylie: gnyis su spyod pa ma yin pa’i blo
Tibetan: གཉིས་སུ་སྤྱོད་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: na dvayacarito bodhi RS
g.1783
understands from a detailed explanation
Wylie: spros pas go ba
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་པས་གོ་བ།
Sanskrit: vipañcitajña
g.1784
understood well
Wylie: legs par rtogs pa
Tibetan: ལེགས་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: supratividdha
g.1785
undertake and keep on at
Wylie: yang dag par blangs nas gnas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་བླངས་ནས་གནས།
Sanskrit: samādāne vṛt
g.1786
undertaking of action
Wylie: las yang dag par blangs pa
Tibetan: ལས་ཡང་དག་པར་བླངས་པ།
Sanskrit: karmasamādāna
g.1787
uneasiness
Wylie: ’gyod pa
Tibetan: འགྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kaukṛtya
g.1788
uneducated
Wylie: mi mkhas pa
Tibetan: མི་མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: akovida
g.1789
unfindable
Wylie: mi dmigs pa
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: anupalabdhi
g.1790
unflagging
Wylie: ma nyams pa
Tibetan: མ་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit: akhaṇḍa
g.1791
unfounded conceit
Wylie: mngon pa’i nga rgyal, lhag pa’i nga rgyal
Tibetan: མངོན་པའི་ང་རྒྱལ།, ལྷག་པའི་ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: abhimāna, adhimāna
g.1792
unfragmented
Wylie: ma ’chol ba
Tibetan: མ་འཆོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: akalmāṣa
g.1793
unharmed
Wylie: ma smas
Tibetan: མ་སྨས།
Sanskrit: akṣata
g.1794
unimpaired
Wylie: ma nyams pa
Tibetan: མ་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit: anupahata
g.1795
uninclined
Wylie: thugs khral chung bar mdzad
Tibetan: ཐུགས་ཁྲལ་ཆུང་བར་མཛད།
Sanskrit: alpotsuko
g.1796
uninclined to teach the doctrine
Wylie: chos bstan pa la gzhol ba ma yin
Tibetan: ཆོས་བསྟན་པ་ལ་གཞོལ་བ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: cittaṃ nāmayām āsa na dharma­deśanāyām RS
g.1797
uninjured
Wylie: ma snad, ma nyams
Tibetan: མ་སྣད།, མ་ཉམས།
Sanskrit: anupahata
g.1798
unleashed the controlling power of truth
Wylie: bden pa’i byin gyis rlob par byed pa
Tibetan: བདེན་པའི་བྱིན་གྱིས་རློབ་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: satyādhiṣṭhānaṃ karoti
See n.­589.
g.1799
unlettered
Wylie: thos pa dang mi ldan pa
Tibetan: ཐོས་པ་དང་མི་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: aśrutavat
g.1800
unmarked
Wylie: mtshan nyid med pa, mtshan nyid ma mchis pa
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་མེད་པ།, མཚན་ཉིད་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: alakṣaṇa
g.1801
unmistaken suchness
Wylie: ma nor ba de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: མ་ནོར་བ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: avitathatā
g.1802
unmoving
Wylie: mi g.yo ba, g.yo ba med pa
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བ།, གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aneñja RS
g.1803
unowned
Wylie: bdag gi ba med pa
Tibetan: བདག་གི་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anātmīya
Edg “without self.”
g.1804
unproduced dharma
Wylie: chos ma skyes pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་མ་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpanno dharmaḥ
g.1805
unpunctured
Wylie: skyon med pa
Tibetan: སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: acchidhra
g.1806
unquestioned certainty
Wylie: shin tu rton pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit: niṣṭhāṃgata, niṣṭhāgamana
g.1807
unsullied
Wylie: gos pa med pa, gos par mi ’gyur
Tibetan: གོས་པ་མེད་པ།, གོས་པར་མི་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: anupalipta
g.1808
unsurpassed knowledge of a buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi ye shes bla na med pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་བླ་ན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anuttaraṃ buddha­jñānam
g.1809
unsurpassed, perfect, complete awakening
Wylie: bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan: བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhi
The complete awakening of a buddha, as opposed to the attainments of arhats and pratyekabuddhas.
g.1810
untainted
Wylie: gos pa med pa
Tibetan: གོས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirupalepa
g.1811
untattered
Wylie: ma ral ba
Tibetan: མ་རལ་བ།
g.1812
unwholesome dharmas
Wylie: mi dge ba’i chos rnams
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བའི་ཆོས་རྣམས།
Sanskrit: akalyānadharma
See “ten unwholesome actions.”
g.1813
Upaśānta
Wylie: nye bar zhi ba
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: upaśānta
”Peaceful.” A world system in the western direction, where the buddha Ratnārcis now dwells.
g.1814
ūrṇā
Wylie: mdzod spu, smin mtshams kyi mdzod spu
Tibetan: མཛོད་སྤུ།, སྨིན་མཚམས་ཀྱི་མཛོད་སྤུ།
Sanskrit: ūrṇakośa, ūrṇa
One of the thirty-two marks of a great being. It consists of a soft, long, fine, coiled white hair between the eyebrows capable of emitting an intense bright light. Literally, the Sanskrit ūrṇā means “wool hair,” and kośa means “treasure.”
g.1815
use of robes
Wylie: gos spyod pa
Tibetan: གོས་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: cīvara­paribhoga
g.1816
uses the conventional label as an ordinary conventional term
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi brdar bka’ stsal
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་བརྡར་བཀའ་སྩལ།
Sanskrit: loka­saṃketena vyavahriyate
g.1817
uṣṇīṣa
Wylie: gtsug tor
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit: uṣṇīṣa
One of the thirty-two signs, or major marks, of a great being. In its simplest form it is a pointed shape of the head like a turban (the Sanskrit term, uṣṇīṣa, in fact means “turban”), or more elaborately a dome-shaped extension. The extension is described as having various extraordinary attributes such as emitting and absorbing rays of light or reaching an immense height.
g.1818
Uttaramatin
Wylie: blo gros dam pa
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: uttaramatin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1819
Vaijayanta
Wylie: rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vaijayanta
The palace of Śatakratu in the heaven of Trāyastriṃśa.
g.1820
vairocana
Wylie: rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: vairocana
Lit. “illuminating.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1821
vajramaṇḍala
Wylie: rdo rje’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: vajramaṇḍala
Lit. “vajra circle.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1822
Vajramatin
Wylie: rdo rje blo gros
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: vajramatin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1823
Vajrapāṇi
Wylie: lag na rdo rje
Tibetan: ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajrapāṇi
Vajrapāṇi means “Wielder of the Vajra.” In the Pali canon, he appears as a yakṣa guardian in the retinue of the Buddha. In the Mahāyāna scriptures he is a bodhisattva and one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha.” In the tantras, he is also regarded as an important Buddhist deity and instrumental in the transmission of tantric scriptures.
g.1824
vajraratna
Wylie: rdo rje rin po che
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: vajraratna
Lit. “vajra jewel.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1825
vajropama
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: vajropama
Lit. “diamond-like.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1826
vākkali­vidhvaṃsana­gagana­kalpa
Wylie: ngag ki skyon rnam par ’jig pas nam mkha’ ltar gyur pa
Tibetan: ངག་ཀི་སྐྱོན་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པས་ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: vākkali­vidhvaṃsana­gagana­kalpa
Lit. “destroying verbal flaws, it is like space.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1827
vara­dharma­mudra
Wylie: chos dam pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་དམ་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: vara­dharma­mudra
Lit. “holy dharma seal.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1828
Vārāṇasī
Wylie: bA rA na sI
Tibetan: བཱ་རཱ་ན་སཱི།
Sanskrit: vārāṇasī
Also known as Benares, one of the oldest cities of northeast India on the banks of the Ganges, in modern-day Uttar Pradesh. It was once the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kāśi, and in the Buddha’s time it had been absorbed into the kingdom of Kośala. It was an important religious center, as well as a major city, even during the time of the Buddha. The name may derive from being where the Varuna and Assi rivers flow into the Ganges. It was on the outskirts of Vārāṇasī that the Buddha first taught the Dharma, in the location known as Deer Park (Mṛgadāva). For numerous episodes set in Vārāṇasī, including its kings, see The Hundred Deeds , Toh 340.
g.1829
Vardhamāna­matin
Wylie: blo gros ’phel ba
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vardhamāna­matin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1830
variation
Wylie: tha dad du bgyi ba, tha dad du bya ba, tha dad du dbye ba
Tibetan: ཐ་དད་དུ་བགྱི་བ།, ཐ་དད་དུ་བྱ་བ།, ཐ་དད་དུ་དབྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: nānākaraṇa
g.1831
various sorts of physical beings
Wylie: lus rnam pa tha dad pa
Tibetan: ལུས་རྣམ་པ་ཐ་དད་པ།
Sanskrit: nānāprakārā ātma­bhāvā
g.1832
Vartani
Wylie: bar ta ni, ba ta ni
Tibetan: བར་ཏ་ནི།, བ་ཏ་ནི།
Sanskrit: vartani
A country in the east, where the teachings on the perfection of wisdom will spread.
g.1833
Varuṇadeva
Wylie: chu lha’i lha
Tibetan: ཆུ་ལྷའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: varuṇadeva
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1834
Vaśavartin
Wylie: dbang sgyur
Tibetan: དབང་སྒྱུར།
Sanskrit: vaśavartin
Head god of the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin heaven.
g.1835
Vaśībhūtā
Wylie: dbang du gyur pa
Tibetan: དབང་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: vaśībhūtā
“Fully Controlled.” A world system in the intermediate northwest direction, where the buddha Ekachattra now dwells.
g.1836
vāyu­dhātvaparyanta
Wylie: rlung gi khams mu med pa
Tibetan: རླུང་གི་ཁམས་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vāyu­dhātvaparyanta
Lit. “limitless wind element.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1837
vedanāparyanta
Wylie: tshor ba mu med pa
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vedanāparyanta
Lit. “limitless feeling.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1838
venerable
Wylie: tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: āyuṣman
A respectful form of address between monks, and also between lay companions of equal standing. It literally means “one who has a [long] life.”
g.1839
venerable monk
Wylie: btsun pa
Tibetan: བཙུན་པ།
Sanskrit: bhadanta
A term of respect used for Buddhist monks, akin to the modern address, bhante.
g.1840
verbal volitional factor
Wylie: ngag gi ’du byed
Tibetan: ངག་གི་འདུ་བྱེད།
g.1841
verses
Wylie: tshigs su bcad pa
Tibetan: ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པ།
Sanskrit: gāthā
As one of the twelve aspects of the wheel of Dharma, it means those teachings given in verse.
g.1842
very attractive
Wylie: kun nas mdzes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: samanta­pāsādika
g.1843
very limit of reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: bhūtakoṭi
This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.Also translated as “final limit of reality.”
g.1844
Videha
Wylie: lus dpag
Tibetan: ལུས་དཔག
Sanskrit: videha
One of the four main continents that surround Sumeru, the central mountain in classical Buddhist cosmology. It is the eastern continent, characterized as “sublime in physique,” and it is semicircular in shape. The humans who live there are twice as tall as those from our southern continent, and live for 250 years. It is known as Videha and Pūrva­videha.
g.1845
vidutpradīpa
Wylie: glog gi sgron ma
Tibetan: གློག་གི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vidutpradīpa
Lit. “lamp of lightning.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1846
vidyutprabha
Wylie: glog gi ’od
Tibetan: གློག་གི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vidyutprabha
Lit. “lightning flash.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1847
vidyutpradīpa
Wylie: glog gi sgron ma
Tibetan: གློག་གི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vidyutpradīpa
Lit. “lightning lamp.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1848
view of the perishable collection
Wylie: ’jig tshogs la lta ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: satkāyadṛṣṭi
The Sanskrit term means “the view that the body is real,” and the Tibetan term can be translated as “the view of the perishing collection.” It refers to viewing the “perishing” collection of momentary, transitory aggregates‍—the body‍—as a self.
g.1849
view that action has no consequences.
Wylie: byed pa med pa’i lta ba
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་མེད་པའི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: akriyādṛṣti
g.1850
vigatarajas
Wylie: rdul med pa
Tibetan: རྡུལ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vigatarajas
Lit. “dustless.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1851
Vigata­rajasaṃcayā
Wylie: rdul gyi tshogs dang bral ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་གྱི་ཚོགས་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vigata­rajasaṃcayā
Lit. “Free of Dust Collections.” A world system in the intermediate southwest direction, where the buddha Sūrya­maṇḍala­prabhāsottara­śrī now dwells.
g.1852
Vigatāśoka
Wylie: mya ngan med pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vigatāśoka
“Free from Sorrow.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Sarva­śokāpagata, in the southern direction, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.1853
Vijayavikrāmin
Wylie: rnam par rgyal bas rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: vijayavikrāmin
“Conquest Suppressor.” A bodhisattva from a world system called Samādhyalaṃkṛtā, in the intermediate northeast direction, who comes to pay homage and listen to the Buddha.
g.1854
vijñānāparyanta
Wylie: rnam par shes pa mu med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་མུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñānāparyanta
Lit. “limitless consciousness.”Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1855
vikiraṇa
Wylie: rnam par ’thor ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vikiraṇa
Lit. “strewing.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1856
vilokita­mūrdhā
Wylie: spyi gtsug rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: སྤྱི་གཙུག་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: vilokita­mūrdhā, avalokita­mūrdhā
Lit. “seeing from the top of the head.” Name of a meditative stabilization. (Kimura has avalokita­mūrdhā)
g.1857
Vimalā
Wylie: dri ma med pa
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimalā
Lit. “Stainless.” The second level of accomplishment pertaining to bodhisattvas. See “ten bodhisattva levels.”
g.1858
vimalaprabha
Wylie: ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan: འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimalaprabha, vimalaprabhāsa
Lit. “stainless light.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1859
vimalapradīpa
Wylie: dri ma med pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vimalapradīpa
Lit. “stainless lamp.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1860
vimativikaraṇa
Wylie: nem nur rnam par sel ba
Tibetan: ནེམ་ནུར་རྣམ་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vimativikaraṇa
Lit. “eliminator of doubts.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1861
virtuous character
Wylie: dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: kalyānadharman
g.1862
viṣayatīrṇa
Wylie: yul las rgal ba
Tibetan: ཡུལ་ལས་རྒལ་བ།
Sanskrit: viṣayatīrṇa
Lit. “freed from objects.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1863
Viśeṣamatin
Wylie: blo gros khyad par can
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཁྱད་པར་ཅན།
Sanskrit: viśeṣamatin
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1864
viṣkandaka
Wylie: thod rgal
Tibetan: ཐོད་རྒལ།
Sanskrit: viṣkandaka
Lit. “in leaps.” Name of a meditative stabilization. See also n.­641.
g.1865
visual distortions
Wylie: rab rib
Tibetan: རབ་རིབ།
Sanskrit: vitimitakara RS
g.1866
Vītarāga level
Wylie: ’dod chags dang bral ba’i sa
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: vītarāgabhūmi
Lit. “Desireless level.” The sixth of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels.”
g.1867
vitimirāpagata
Wylie: rab rib med pa
Tibetan: རབ་རིབ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vitimirāpagata
Lit. “free from eye disease.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1868
vocalization
Wylie: skad
Tibetan: སྐད།
Sanskrit: ruta
g.1869
vocation
Wylie: las kyi gnas
Tibetan: ལས་ཀྱི་གནས།
Sanskrit: karmasthāna
g.1870
vocational art
Wylie: sgyu rtsal
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་རྩལ།
Sanskrit: kalā
g.1871
volitional effort
Wylie: ’du byed
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: saṃskāra
g.1872
volitional factors
Wylie: ’du byed
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: saṃskāra
Fourth of the five aggregates and the second of the twelve links of dependent origination. These are the formative factors, mental volitions, and other supporting factors that perpetuate future saṃsāric existence.
g.1873
vulgar
Wylie: gdol pa
Tibetan: གདོལ་པ།
Sanskrit: caṇḍāla
g.1874
vyatyasta
Wylie: snrel zhi
Tibetan: སྣྲེལ་ཞི།
Sanskrit: vy­aty­asta
Lit. “nonsequential.” Name of a meditative stabilization.
g.1875
Vyūharāja
Wylie: bkod pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: བཀོད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vyūharāja
A bodhisattva great being present in the audience of this sūtra.
g.1876
Vyuharāja
Wylie: bkod pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: བཀོད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vyuharāja
Lit. “King of the Array.” Name that ten thousand beings will bear when they become buddhas.
g.1877
wait on
Wylie: bsnyen bkur
Tibetan: བསྙེན་བཀུར།
Sanskrit: pratyupasthita bhū
g.1878
want to have reached the range
Wylie: yul du phyin
Tibetan: ཡུལ་དུ་ཕྱིན།
Sanskrit: viṣayaṃ anugantukāma
g.1879
warm but not hot
Wylie: tsha yang mi tsha
Tibetan: ཚ་ཡང་མི་ཚ།
Sanskrit: nātyuṣṇa
g.1880
watch over
Wylie: dgongs
Tibetan: དགོངས།
Sanskrit: samanvāhṛ
g.1881
water bubble
Wylie: chu’i chu bur
Tibetan: ཆུའི་ཆུ་བུར།
Sanskrit: budbuda
g.1882
wealth and respect
Wylie: rnyed pa dang bkur sti
Tibetan: རྙེད་པ་དང་བཀུར་སྟི།
Sanskrit: lābhasatkāra
g.1883
welfare
Wylie: don
Tibetan: དོན།
Sanskrit: artha
g.1884
well freed
Wylie: rnam par grol ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vinirmukta
g.1885
what cannot be elaborated
Wylie: ma spros pa
Tibetan: མ་སྤྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit: aprapañca
g.1886
what is not a collection
Wylie: mi bsdu ba
Tibetan: མི་བསྡུ་བ།
Sanskrit: asaṃgraha
g.1887
what marks dharmas as dharmas
Wylie: chos rnams kyi chos kyi mtshan nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmāṇāṃ dharma­lakṣaṇaṃ
g.1888
what one does not understand
Wylie: mi shes pa kun shes par byed pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: མི་ཤེས་པ་ཀུན་ཤེས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anājñātam ājñāsyāmīndriya
g.1889
what should not be constructed in thought
Wylie: spros par bya ba ma yin pa
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་པར་བྱ་བ་མ་ཡིན་པ།
Sanskrit: aprapañcya
g.1890
what the dharmas actually are when the dharmas are compounded
Wylie: ’dus byas kyi chos kyi chos nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛta­dharma­dharmatā RS
g.1891
what the dharmas actually are when the dharmas are uncompounded
Wylie: ’dus ma byas kyi chos kyi chos nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛta­dharma­dharmatā RS
g.1892
whatever human requirements are appropriate
Wylie: mi’i yo byad ci yang rung ba
Tibetan: མིའི་ཡོ་བྱད་ཅི་ཡང་རུང་བ།
Sanskrit: anyatarānyatarāni mānuṣyakāṇi sarva­pariṣkāropakaraṇāni
g.1893
wheel-turning emperor
Wylie: ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: cakravartin
An ideal monarch or emperor who, as the result of the merit accumulated in previous lifetimes, rules over a vast realm in accordance with the Dharma. Such a monarch is called a cakravartin because he bears a wheel (cakra) that rolls (vartate) across the earth, bringing all lands and kingdoms under his power. The cakravartin conquers his territory without causing harm, and his activity causes beings to enter the path of wholesome actions. According to Vasubandhu’s Abhidharmakośa, just as with the buddhas, only one cakravartin appears in a world system at any given time. They are likewise endowed with the thirty-two major marks of a great being (mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa), but a cakravartin’s marks are outshined by those of a buddha. They possess seven precious objects: the wheel, the elephant, the horse, the wish-fulfilling gem, the queen, the general, and the minister. An illustrative passage about the cakravartin and his possessions can be found in The Play in Full (Toh 95), 3.3–3.13. Vasubandhu lists four types of cakravartins: (1) the cakravartin with a golden wheel (suvarṇacakravartin) rules over four continents and is invited by lesser kings to be their ruler; (2) the cakravartin with a silver wheel (rūpyacakravartin) rules over three continents and his opponents submit to him as he approaches; (3) the cakravartin with a copper wheel (tāmracakravartin) rules over two continents and his opponents submit themselves after preparing for battle; and (4) the cakravartin with an iron wheel (ayaścakravartin) rules over one continent and his opponents submit themselves after brandishing weapons.
g.1894
while viewing in a body
Wylie: lus kyi rjes su lta
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ།
Sanskrit: kāyavipaśyin
g.1895
while viewing in dharmas
Wylie: chos kyi rjes su lta
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ།
Sanskrit: dharmavipaśyin
g.1896
white lotus
Wylie: pad ma dkar po
Tibetan: པད་མ་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit: puṇḍarīka
g.1897
who do not radiate light
Wylie: ’od dang mi ldan pa
Tibetan: འོད་དང་མི་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhāvirahita
g.1898
who have gone wrong
Wylie: phyin ci log tu gyur pa
Tibetan: ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་ཏུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: viparyāyagata
g.1899
who have practiced the practice
Wylie: spyad pa spyod pa
Tibetan: སྤྱད་པ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: caritāvin
caryācaritāvin in the Laṅkāvatara .
g.1900
wholesome karma without flaws
Wylie: dge ba’i las skyon med pas
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ལས་སྐྱོན་མེད་པས།
Sanskrit: acchidya
g.1901
wholesome practice
Wylie: dge ba’i spyod pa
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kuśalacaryā
g.1902
wholesome root
Wylie: dge ba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit: kuśalamūla
According to most lists (specifically those of the Pāli and some Abhidharma traditions), the (three) roots of virtue or the roots of the good or wholesome states (of mind) are what makes a mental state good or bad; they are identified as the opposites of the three mental “poisons” of greed, hatred, and delusion. Actions based on the roots of virtue will eventually lead to future happiness. The Dharmasaṃgraha, however, lists the three roots of virtue as (1) the mind of awakening, (2) purity of thought, and (3) freedom from egotism (Skt. trīṇi kuśala­mūlāni | bodhi­cittotpādaḥ, āśayaviśuddhiḥ, ahaṃkāramama­kāraparityāgaśceti|).
g.1903
whose path has come to an end
Wylie: lam gyi rgyun bcad pa
Tibetan: ལམ་གྱི་རྒྱུན་བཅད་པ།
Sanskrit: chinna­vartmanīnāṃ
g.1904
whose words are not accepted
Wylie: tshig gzung bar mi ’os par gyur
Tibetan: ཚིག་གཟུང་བར་མི་འོས་པར་གྱུར།
Sanskrit: agrāhyavacana
g.1905
wind
Wylie: rlung
Tibetan: རླུང་།
Sanskrit: vāta, vāyu
One of the three vital substances in the body, along with phlegm and bile, which result in good health when balanced and illness or less than optimal health when imbalanced.
g.1906
wisdom
Wylie: shes rab
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: prajñā
The sixth of the six perfections, it refers to the profound understanding of the emptiness of all phenomena, the realization of ultimate reality.
g.1907
wisdom eye
Wylie: shes rab kyi mig
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: prajñā­cakṣu
One of the five eyes.
g.1908
wisdom of the single unique instant
Wylie: skad cig gcig dang ldan pa’i shes rab kyis
Tibetan: སྐད་ཅིག་གཅིག་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱིས།
Sanskrit: eka­kṣaṇa­samāyuktayā prajñayā
See also n.­676.
g.1909
wishlessness
Wylie: smon pa med pa
Tibetan: སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apraṇihita
The ultimate absence of any wish, desire, or aspiration, even those directed towards buddhahood. One of the three gateways to liberation; the other two are emptiness and signlessness.
g.1910
with a strong libido
Wylie: ’dod chags spyod pa, ’dod chags la spyod, ’dod chags chos la spyod pa
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་སྤྱོད་པ།, འདོད་ཆགས་ལ་སྤྱོད།, འདོད་ཆགས་ཆོས་ལ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: rāgacarita
g.1911
with a vision of the Dharma
Wylie: chos mthong ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭadharma
g.1912
with an admiration for the deficient
Wylie: dman pa la mos pa
Tibetan: དམན་པ་ལ་མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: hīnādhimuktika
g.1913
without a core
Wylie: snying po med pa
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asāra
g.1914
without a doubt
Wylie: gor ma chag
Tibetan: གོར་མ་ཆག
Sanskrit: nūnam, nu
g.1915
without a fixed abode
Wylie: mi gnas pa
Tibetan: མི་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: aniśrita
g.1916
without a mark
Wylie: mtshan nyid med pa
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: alakṣaṇa
g.1917
without a name and without a causal sign
Wylie: ming med pa dang mtshan ma med pa’i
Tibetan: མིང་མེད་པ་དང་མཚན་མ་མེད་པའི།
Sanskrit: anāmanimitta
g.1918
without a protector
Wylie: mgon med pa
Tibetan: མགོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anātha
g.1919
without a vital essence
Wylie: srog med pa
Tibetan: སྲོག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ajīva
g.1920
without another
Wylie: gzhan min
Tibetan: གཞན་མིན།
Sanskrit: ananya
g.1921
without any core at all
Wylie: shin tu snying po med pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྙིང་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: atyantāsāra
g.1922
without apprehending anything
Wylie: mi dmigs pas, dmigs pa med pa
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པས།, དམིགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anupalambhena
g.1923
without arching
Wylie: zhum pa med pa
Tibetan: ཞུམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkuñcita
g.1924
without complacency
Wylie: chog mi shes, chog mi shes pa
Tibetan: ཆོག་མི་ཤེས།, ཆོག་མི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vitṛpta
g.1925
without conceptualization
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa med pa, mi rtog
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་མེད་པ།, མི་རྟོག
Sanskrit: nirvikalpa
g.1926
without craving
Wylie: sred pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: སྲེད་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vigatatṛṣṇa
g.1927
without defilement
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkleśa
g.1928
without distinguishing features
Wylie: bye brag med pa
Tibetan: བྱེ་བྲག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirviśeṣa
g.1929
without effort
Wylie: rtsol ba med pa
Tibetan: རྩོལ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anābhoga
g.1930
without effort
Wylie: lhun gyis grub pa
Tibetan: ལྷུན་གྱིས་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: anābhoga
g.1931
without exertion
Wylie: byed pa med pa nyid
Tibetan: བྱེད་པ་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: niśceṣṭatā
g.1932
without experience
Wylie: rig pa med pa
Tibetan: རིག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avedaka
g.1933
without movement
Wylie: g.yo ba med pa
Tibetan: གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirīha (nirīh)
g.1934
without purification
Wylie: rnam par byang ba med pa, rnam par byang ba ma mchis pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་མེད་པ།, རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit: avyavadāna
g.1935
without relishing them
Wylie: ro myang ba med pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: རོ་མྱང་བ་མེད་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: anāsvādayogena
g.1936
without taking anything away and without adding anything
Wylie: dor ba med pa dang bsnan pa med par
Tibetan: དོར་བ་མེད་པ་དང་བསྣན་པ་མེད་པར།
Sanskrit: anutkṣepāprakṣepatayā
g.1937
work for the welfare of beings
Wylie: sems can rnams kyi don byed, sems can thams cad kyi don byed
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་དོན་བྱེད།, སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དོན་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: sarvasattvānām arthaṃ kṛ
g.1938
work of Māra
Wylie: bdud kyi las
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་ལས།
Sanskrit: mārakarma
g.1939
world of Yama
Wylie: gshin rje’i ’jig rten
Tibetan: གཤིན་རྗེའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: yamaloka
The land of the dead ruled over by the Lord of Death. In Buddhism it refers to the preta realm, where beings generally suffer from hunger and thirst, which in traditional Brahmanism is the fate of those departed without descendants to make ancestral offerings.
g.1940
world protector
Wylie: ’jig rten skyong ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་སྐྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit: lokapāla
See “Lokapāla.”
g.1941
world system
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: lokadhātu
This can refer to one world with its orbiting sun and moon, and also to groups of these worlds in multiples of thousands, in particular a world realm of a thousand million worlds, which is said to be circular, with its circumference twice as long as its diameter.
g.1942
worthy of offerings
Wylie: sbyin gnas
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་གནས།
Sanskrit: dakṣiṇīya
g.1943
worthy one
Wylie: dgra bcom pa
Tibetan: དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: arhat
According to Buddhist tradition, one who is worthy of worship (pūjām arhati), or one who has conquered the enemies, the mental afflictions (kleśa-ari-hata-vat), and reached liberation from the cycle of rebirth and suffering. It is the fourth and highest of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. Also used as an epithet of the Buddha.
g.1944
written letters
Wylie: yi ge ’bru
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་འབྲུ།
Sanskrit: lipyakṣara
g.1945
wrong livelihood
Wylie: log pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan: ལོག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit: mithyājīva
‍—
g.1946
wrong perception
Wylie: ’du shes phyin ci log
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག
Sanskrit: saṃjñā­viparyāsa
g.1947
wrong thought
Wylie: sems phyin ci log
Tibetan: སེམས་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག
Sanskrit: cittaviparyāsa
g.1948
wrong view
Wylie: log par lta ba, lta ba phyin ci log
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ།, ལྟ་བ་ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག
Sanskrit: mithyādṛṣṭi, dṛṣṭiviparyāsa
The tenth of the ten unwholesome actions; also one of five commonly listed kinds of erroneous views, it designates the disbelief in the doctrine of karma, cause and effect, and rebirth, etc.
g.1949
wrong views as a foundation and cause
Wylie: log par lta ba’i las kyi gzhi dang rgyu
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བའི་ལས་ཀྱི་གཞི་དང་རྒྱུ།
g.1950
yakṣa
Wylie: gnod sbyin
Tibetan: གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: yakṣa
A class of nonhuman beings who inhabit forests, mountainous areas, and other natural spaces, or serve as guardians of villages and towns, and may be propitiated for health, wealth, protection, and other boons, or controlled through magic. According to tradition, their homeland is in the north, where they live under the rule of the Great King Vaiśravaṇa. Several members of this class have been deified as gods of wealth (these include the just-mentioned Vaiśravaṇa) or as bodhisattva generals of yakṣa armies, and have entered the Buddhist pantheon in a variety of forms, including, in tantric Buddhism, those of wrathful deities.
g.1951
Yāma
Wylie: ’thab bral
Tibetan: འཐབ་བྲལ།
Sanskrit: yāma
Lit. “The Discharged.” The third of the six heavens of the realm of desire; also the name of the gods living there. The Tibetan translation ’thab bral, “free from strife or combat,” derives from the idea that these devas, because they live in an aerial abode above Sumeru, do not have to engage in combat with the asuras who dwell on the slopes of the mountain.
g.1952
Yaśodharā
Wylie: grags ’dzin ma
Tibetan: གྲགས་འཛིན་མ།
Sanskrit: yaśodharā
Daughter of Śākya Daṇḍadhara (more commonly Daṇḍapāṇi), sister of Iṣudhara and Aniruddha, she was the wife of Prince Siddhārtha and mother of his only child, Rāhula. After Prince Siddhārtha left his kingdom and attained awakening as the Buddha, she became his disciple and one of the first women to be ordained as a bhikṣunī. She attained the level of an arhat, a worthy one, endowed with the six superknowledges.
g.1953
yearn
Wylie: don du gnyer
Tibetan: དོན་དུ་གཉེར།
Sanskrit: prārthaya
g.1954
years
Wylie: lo khyud ’khor
Tibetan: ལོ་ཁྱུད་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: saṃvatsara
Lit. “yearly cycle.”
g.1955
Yeshé Dé
Wylie: ye shes sde
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Yeshé Dé (late eighth to early ninth century) was the most prolific translator of sūtras into Tibetan. Altogether he is credited with the translation of more than one hundred sixty sūtra translations and more than one hundred additional translations, mostly on tantric topics. In spite of Yeshé Dé’s great importance for the propagation of Buddhism in Tibet during the imperial era, only a few biographical details about this figure are known. Later sources describe him as a student of the Indian teacher Padmasambhava, and he is also credited with teaching both sūtra and tantra widely to students of his own. He was also known as Nanam Yeshé Dé, from the Nanam (sna nam) clan.
g.1956
yogic practice
Wylie: rnal ’byor
Tibetan: རྣལ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: yoga
A term which is generally used to refer to a wide range of spiritual practices. It literally means to be merged with or “yoked to,” in the sense of being fully immersed in one’s respective discipline. The Tibetan specifies “union with the natural state.”
g.1957
yojana
Wylie: dpag tshad
Tibetan: དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit: yojana
A yojana is eight “earshots” or the distance a cart yoked to two oxen can go in a day.
Glossary - The Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines - 84001